10-Q

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark one) 

☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2024

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission File Number: 001-41497

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	86-2559175
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

4390 Industrial Lane, Kissimmee, FL 34758

(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)

(407) 483-4825

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock	ECDA	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Warrants	ECDAW	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ☐ No ☒

As of June 26, 2024, the registrant had 31,999,662 shares of common stock issued and outstanding

		Page
PART 1 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	1
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023	1
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024 and 2023	2
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024 and 2023	3
	Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024 and 2023	4
	Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	5
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	21
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	37
Item 4.	Control and Procedures	37
PART II – OTHER INFORMATION		38
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	38
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	38
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	38
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	38
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	38
Item 5.	Other Information	38
Item 6.	Exhibits	39
SIGNATURES		40

i

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	March 31,			December 31,
	2024			2023
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,560,321		$	8,134,211
Inventories		10,914,086			11,799,304
Prepaid and other current assets		346,657			34,006
Total current assets		16,821,064			19,967,521
Property and equipment, net		981,801			968,677
Deferred tax asset		-			515,444
Right-to-use asset		3,675,559			3,763,294
Deposit		77,686			77,686
TOTAL ASSETS	$	21,556,110		$	25,292,622
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	995,777		$	768,808
Accrued expenses		1,330,255			687,000
Deferred revenue		13,983,645			17,596,512
Deferred tax liability		16,836			-
Lease liability, current		324,791			314,903
Other payable		1,465,098			1,533,815
Total current liabilities		18,116,402			20,901,038
Lease liability, non-current		3,641,602			3,727,182
Convertible note, net of debt discount		11,117,460			10,683,452
Total liabilities		32,875,464			35,311,672
Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized shares; 25,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023		3			3
Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000,000 authorized shares; 31,899,662 shares and 31,874,662 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively		3,190			3,187
Additional paid-in capital		249,997			-
Accumulated deficit		(11,572,544	)		(10,022,240	)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit		(11,319,357	)		(10,019,053	)
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	$	21,556,110		$	25,292,622

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

1

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2024			2023
Revenue	$	8,308,039		$	2,707,326
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation expense shown below)		5,831,100			2,403,234
Gross profit		2,476,939			304,092
Operating expenses
Advertising and marketing expenses		343,409			105,220
General and administrative expenses		2,176,945			1,316,507
Depreciation expense		47,654			27,308
Total operating expenses		2,568,008			1,449,035
Income (loss) from operations		(91,069	)		(1,144,943	)
Other income (expense)
Interest expense		(970,777	)		-
Foreign exchange loss		(4,704	)		-
Other income (expense), net		48,526			22,377
Total other (expense) income, net		(926,955	)		22,377
Loss before income taxes		(1,018,024	)		(1,122,566	)
Income tax expense		(532,280	)		-
Net loss	$	(1,550,304	)	$	(1,122,566	)
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.05	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted		31,896,640			24,000,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

2

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, AND

	Redeemable Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Additional Paid-in		Accumulated			Total Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Capital		Deficit			Deficit
Balance – December 31, 2023		25,000	$	3		31,874,662	$	3,187	$	-	$	(10,022,240	)	$	(10,019,053	)
Issuance of common shares		-		-		25,000		3		249,997		-			250,000
Net loss		-		-		-		-		-		(1,550,304	)		(1,550,304	)
Balance – March 31, 2024		25,000	$	3		31,899,662	$	3,190	$	249,997	$	(11,572,544	)	$	(11,319,357	)

	Redeemable Preferred Stock				Common Stock				Additional Paid-in		Accumulated			Total Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Capital		Deficit			Deficit
Balance – December 31, 2022		-		-		24,000,000		2,400		2,474		(5,404,018	)		(5,399,144	)
Stockholder distributions		-		-		-		-		-		(66,773	)		(66,773	)
Net loss		-		-		-		-		-		(1,122,566	)		(1,122,566	)
Balance – March 31, 2023		-	$	-		24,000,000	$	2,400	$	2,474	$	(6,593,357	)	$	(6,588,483	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

3

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2024			2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(1,550,304	)	$	(1,122,566	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation expense		47,654			27,308
Noncash lease expense		87,735			73,732
Amortization of debt discount		434,008			-
Deferred tax expense		532,280
Equity compensation expense		117,500			-
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other receivables		-			209,810
Inventories		885,218			(1,109,988	)
Prepaid and other current assets		(312,651	)		3,396
Deposit		-			(1,700	)
Accounts payable		226,969			30,506
Accrued expenses		643,255			(113,841	)
Deferred revenue		(3,612,867	)		1,015,270
Other payable		63,783			(84,592	)
Lease liability		(75,692	)		(37,142	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(2,513,112	)		(1,109,809	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of assets		(60,778	)		(12,418	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(60,778	)		(12,418	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Cash distributed to stockholders		-			(66,773	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		-			(66,773	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(2,573,890	)		(1,189,000	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		8,134,211			3,514,882
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	5,560,321		$	2,325,882
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:
Cash paid for interest	$	112,737		$	-
Supplemental disclosure of noncash cash flow information
Record right-to-use asset and lease liability per ASC 842	$	-		$	196,796

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

4

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

ECD Automotive Design, Inc (the “Company,” “ECD,” “we,” “us,” or “our), formerly known as EF Hutton Acquisition Corporation I (“EFHAC”) (the Company) is engaged in the production and sale of Land Rover vehicles. Since the Company’s commencement of operations in 2013, they have established a facility geared towards producing the most customized Land Rovers with the highest quality of parts and the highest quality labor force building each vehicle. The Company primarily earns revenue from the sale of the customized vehicle directly to the customer. Additionally, revenue is generated from providing repair or upgrade services to customers and from the sale of extended warranties.

On December 12, 2023, ECD completed the business combination contemplated by the merger agreement dated as of March 3, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among EFHAC, Humble Imports Inc., d/b/a ECD Auto Design, a Florida corporation (“Humble” or “ECD”), ECD Auto Design UK, Ltd., an England and Wales corporation (the “ECD UK”), EFHAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHAC, and Scott Wallace, as the Securityholder Representative. At part of the closing Merger Sub merged with and into ECD with ECD as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHAC. In connection with the Merger, EFHAC changed its name to “ECD Automotive Design Inc.” or such other name designated by E.C.D. by notice to EFHAC. See Note 4 for further information.

The business combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, although EFHAC acquired the outstanding equity interest in ECD in the business combination, EFHAC is treated as the “acquired company” and ECD was treated as the accounting acquirer for financial statement purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of ECD issuing stock for the net assets of EFHAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of EFHAC are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

Furthermore, the historical financial statements of ECD became the historical financial statements of the Company upon the consummation of the merger. As a result, the financial statements included in this Annual Report reflect (i) the historical operating results of ECD prior to the merger; (ii) the combined results of EFHAC and ECD following the close of the merger; (iii) the assets and liabilities of ECD at their historical cost and (iv) ECD’s equity structure for all periods presented, as affected by the recapitalization presentation after completion of the merger. See Note 5 - Reverse Capitalization for further details of the merger.

The Company also consolidates, ECD Audit Design UK LTD (“ECD UK”), a private limited company incorporated on July 16, 2021 in England and Wales. ECD UK was formed for the purpose of procuring parts overseas for the Company. ECD UK is a consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) for which the company is the primary beneficiary. The Company is the primary beneficiary of ECD UK as it has both the power to direct the most significant activities impacting on its economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits significant to them.

2. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of March 31, 2024, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $5.6 million and a working capital deficit of approximately $1.3 million.

The Company’s primary source of operating funds since the Company’s inception in 2013 has been from cash receipts from sales and proceeds from loans. Immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company executed and delivered to Defender SPV LLC (the “Lender”) a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”), in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209, net of debt discount of $5,135,757. See Note 11 for further information.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company has granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest for the payment of the indebtedness. See Note 15 for further information.

Based on the cash balance of $5.6 million and the positive forecasted cash flow from operations, and the availability under the revolving line of credit, after interest payments, the Company has determined that the Company’s sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet the Company’s financing requirements for the one-year period from the issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ECD and ECD Auto Design UK Ltd. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, expressed in U.S. dollars. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. All such adjustments consisted of all normal recurring items, including the elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances. References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

5

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with United States  generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2024.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in the 2023 Form 10-K, with the exception of presentation of restated interim results included in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K. The December 31, 2023 condensed consolidated balance sheet included herein was derived from the December 31, 2023 audited consolidated balance sheet included in the 2023 Form 10-K.

After the filing of the Company’s 2023 Form 10-K management determined there was a misallocation of revenue and expenses in the unaudited interim financial information contained in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K, resulting in first quarter 2023 revenue being understated by $53,176, cost of goods sold being understated by $612,967 and other expenses being overstated by $15,859. The misallocation did not result in a change to the full year consolidated financial statements and has been corrected herein for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in revenue recognition, useful life of assets, and allowance for doubtful accounts.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete financial information is evaluated regularly by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company operates and manages its business as one operating segment and one reportable segment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Coverage limit of $250,000. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

6

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the Company transfers promised goods or services to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under the agreement, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

Product Revenue – Builds

The Company generates revenue through the sale of rebuilt or upgraded Land Rover Defender, Range Rover Classics, Land Rover Series and Jaguar E-Types vehicles directly to customers. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is the Company’s promise to transfer the Company’s product to customers based -the transfer of title or shipping terms in the arrangement. The entire transaction revenue is allocated to this performance obligation. Product revenue is recognized after a customer sends the final balance due, and our client services team carry out all of the necessary paperwork to assign title/registration to the customer or deliver the vehicle to the customer.

Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives from 25% to 50% of the total consideration of the contract from its customers as acceptance of contract, excluding any upgrades, which are initially recorded in customer deposits, and are recognized as net revenue when the products are shipped. 

Warranty and Other Revenue

The Company also generates revenue through the sale of extended warranties to customers. The customers agree to the terms and conditions at the time of purchase, which represents the customer arrangements. The period covered by the extended warranty is usually two years. The Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in ASC 606 and, therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.

The Company generates revenue through providing repair services to customers. The Company agrees with the customer on a budget. There is a single performance obligation, which is the Company’s promise to perform the retrofit, repair work on the vehicle. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Service revenue is recognized when the repair work is completed, and the customer receives the vehicle.

Product Limited Warranty

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited warranty for work performed on the vehicle under the builds/sales contract. The customers do not have a contractual right of return. The Company only offers a limited warranty for the work performed on the vehicle under the contract. If a customer disputes any work performed, the Company will attempt to remedy the work, however, it shall not be required to discount the transaction price. The Company considered this an assurance-type warranty and not a separate performance obligation.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While the Company engages in product quality programs and processes, including quality control test driving vehicles, the warranty obligation is affected by historical warranty costs per vehicle. Should actual costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to increase or decrease the estimated warranty liability may be required.

Other Revenue Policies

Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

Applying the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-32-18, the Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised products to the customer will be one year or less, which is the case with substantially all customers.

7

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Applying the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-25-18B, the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products. The Company records the related costs as part of the cost of goods good.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenues disaggregated by product category:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024		2023
Builds		8,217,647		2,651,251
Warranty and other		90,392		56,075
Total revenues, net	$	8,308,039	$	2,707,326

Deferred revenue and remaining performance obligation:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Beginning balance, January 1	$	17,596,512		$	14,166,030
Additional deposits received		4,604,780			8,212,166
Revenue Recognized during the year at a point-in-time		(8,217,647	)		(4,781,684	)
Ending balance	$	13,983,645		$	17,596,512

As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, in addition to the customer deposits noted above, the Company has $9,935,252 and $12,253,253, respectively of contract consideration allocated to performance obligations not yet completed, which are not reflected on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. The customer deposits, performance obligations not yet completed, and deferred revenue are typically recognized in revenue at a point in time within the next twelve months as the custom build vehicles are delivered and title has been transferred to customers.

Inventories

Work in progress, work in progress – shipping and consumables, and work in progress – labor costs reported in inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct and indirect costs that are directly attributable. The measurement of inventories is generally based on the weighted average method. Finished goods inventory is comprised of vehicles for which the build is completed but title has not been legally transferred, or in some cases, the vehicle has not been delivered. The measurement of finished goods inventories is the total cost of the materials, shipping and consumables, and labor attributed to the build of each specific completed vehicle. Overhead costs are allocated to inventory based on the rate of inventory turned for the period. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, inventory was $10,914,086 and $11,799,304, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life of 5 to 15 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition is reflected in earnings.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company follows a “primary asset” approach to determine the cash flow estimation period for a group of assets and liabilities that represents the unit of accounting for a long-lived asset to be held and used. Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets based upon forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Should impairment in value be indicated, the carrying value of the assets will be adjusted, based on estimates of future discounted cash flows resulting from the use and ultimate disposition of the asset. No impairments were recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023.

8

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Advertising and Marketing

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred. The Company charged operations $343,409 and $105,220 as advertising and marketing costs for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Income taxes

Prior to the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company was an S corporation. As an S corporation, the Company was not directly liable for federal income taxes. As of the date of the Business Combination, the operations of the Company ceased to be taxed as an S corporation resulting in a change in tax status for federal and state income tax purposes.

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent management believes that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred income tax assets (meaning, items that may provide tax deductions in future periods) requires evidence that there will be sufficient taxable income in those future periods, or within any carryback periods available under tax law. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of income tax carryforwards, including federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), fixed assets, leases and non-deductible interest expense carryforwards. Some of these carryforwards are subject to annual usage limitations and expiration, while other state NOLs and a portion of federal NOLs do not have expirations. These carryforwards do not have expirations, but may be subject to certain limitations.

While the Company remains in a financial reporting loss position based on a cumulative pre-tax loss for the three-year period ended March 31, 2024, the determination of the valuation allowance is based on its evaluation of the periods over which future taxable items are expected to be utilized to offset tax loss and deduction carryforward items in those future periods. That is, future forecasts of our taxable income are not considered in the evaluation of realizability of its deferred tax assets. Therefore, changes in its deferred tax asset valuation allowances will primarily be affected by changes in the estimates of the time periods over which those future taxable items will occur. In assessing the realizability of the Company’s DTAs, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $863,833 on its net deferred tax assets for the period ending March 31, 2024, which represents an increase of $784,214 compared to the valuation allowance of $79,619 at December 31, 2023.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company’s reserve related to uncertain tax positions was zero as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

Loss Per Share

The Company accounts for net loss per share in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 260-10, Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260-10”), which requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the statement of operations for all entities with complex capital structures and requires a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS. Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. It excludes the dilutive effects of any potentially issuable common shares. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by including any potentially dilutive share issuances in the denominator. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, all potentially dilutive securities were not included in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use asset (“ROU asset”) and short-term and long-term lease liability are included on the face of the consolidated balance sheets.

9

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ROU asset represents the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU asset and liability are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date over the respective lease term in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements with terms less than 12 months, the Company has elected the short-term lease measurement and recognition exemption, and it recognizes such lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company calculates the fair value of its assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different than the carrying value of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other payables approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of lease liability also approximates fair value since the instrument bears market rates of interest. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

● Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

● Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

● Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Warrants

The Company determines the accounting classification of warrants it issues as either liability or equity classified by first assessing whether the warrants meet liability classification in accordance with ASC 480-10, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“ASC 480”), then in accordance with ASC 815-40 (“ASC 815”), Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Under ASC 480, warrants are considered liability classified if the warrants are mandatorily redeemable, obligate the Company to settle the warrants or the underlying shares by paying cash or other assets, or warrants that must or may require settlement by issuing variable number of shares. If warrants do not meet liability classification under ASC 480, the Company assesses the requirements under ASC 815, which states that contracts that require or may require the issuer to settle the contract for cash are liabilities recorded at fair value, irrespective of the likelihood of the transaction occurring that triggers the net cash settlement feature. If the warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815, and in order to conclude equity classification, the Company also assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its Common Stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815 or other applicable GAAP. After all relevant assessments, the Company concludes whether the warrants are classified as liability or equity. Liability classified warrants require fair value accounting at issuance and subsequent to initial issuance with all changes in fair value after the issuance date recorded in the statements of operations. Equity classified warrants only require fair value accounting at issuance with no changes recognized subsequent to the issuance date.

10

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees including grants of stock options, to be recognized as expense in the statements of operations based on their grant date fair values.

The Company periodically issues common stock and common stock options to consultants for various services.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and these accompanying notes. The reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The impact on any prior period disclosures was immaterial.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Accounting for convertible or redeemable equity instruments in the Company’s own equity requires an evaluation of the hybrid security to determine if liability classification is required under ASC 480-10. Liability classification is required for freestanding financial instruments that are not debt in legal form and are: (1) subject to an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem the instrument by transferring assets (i.e. mandatorily redeemable), (2) instruments other than equity shares that embody an obligation of the issuer to repurchase its equity shares, or (3) certain types of instruments that obligate the issuer to issue a variable number of equity shares. Securities that do not meet the scoping criteria to be classified as a liability under ASC 480 are subject to redeemable equity guidance, which prescribes securities that may be subject to redemption upon an event not solely within the control of the issuer to be classified outside permanent equity (i.e., classified in temporary equity). Securities classified in temporary equity are initially measured at the proceeds received, net of issuance costs and excluding the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives (if any). Subsequent measurement of the carrying value is not required unless the instrument is probable of becoming redeemable or is currently redeemable. When the instruments are currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the then current maximum redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2022-04, “Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” which is intended to enhance the transparency surrounding the use of supplier finance programs. The guidance requires companies that use supplier finance programs to make annual disclosures about the program’s key terms, the balance sheet presentation of related amounts, the confirmed amount outstanding at the end of the period and associated roll forward information. Only the amount outstanding at the end of the period must be disclosed in interim periods. The guidance does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations. The Company adopted the guidance when it became effective on January 1, 2023, except for the roll forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not believe the impact of adopting the roll-forward requirement in this accounting standard update will be material to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 805). This ASU requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) from acquired contracts using the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 606. At the acquisition date, the acquirer applies the revenue model as if it had originated the acquired contracts. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2024 with no impact on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” which will add required disclosures of significant expenses for each reportable segment, as well as certain other disclosures to help investors understand how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates segment expenses and operating results. The new guidance requires public entities to disclose, on an annual and interim basis, significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the CODM, the amount and composition of other segment items by reportable segment, any additional measures of a segment’s profit or loss used by the CODM when assessing performance and deciding how to allocate resources, and the CODM’s title and position. Additionally, public entities will be required to provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss that are currently required annually by Topic 280. This standard is effective on a retrospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures.

11

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. The standard will be effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

4. RECAPITALIZATION

As discussed in Note 1, “Nature of Operations”, On December 12, 2023, ECD completed the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by the merger agreement, dated as of March 3, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among EFHT, Humble Imports Inc., d/b/a ECD Auto Design, a Florida corporation (“Humble” or “ECD”), ECD Auto Design UK, Ltd., an England and Wales corporation (the “ECD UK”), EFHAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHT, and Scott Wallace, as the Securityholder Representative. The Merger Agreement was previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by EFHT with the SEC on March 6, 2023.

At the Closing, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement and after giving effect to the redemptions of shares of EFHT Common Stock:

● the total consideration paid at the Closing (the “Merger Consideration”) by EFHT to Humble security holders was 26,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock, 25,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, a warrant to purchase 1,091,525 shares of Company Common Stock, and a warrant to purchase 15,819 shares of Company Preferred Stock, (the “Securities Consideration”), and a cash payment of $2,000,000 pro rata to the former security holders of Humble (the “Cash Consideration” and, collectively with the Securities Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”);

● each share of Merger Sub common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Merger Sub Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into one newly issued share of Company Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation.

Following the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Florida Department of State, Merger Sub merged with and into Humble with Humble as the surviving corporation, effective December 12, 2023. Thus, Humble became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the Merger, the Company changed its name to “ECD Automotive Design, Inc.”

Although EFHAC was the legal acquirer of ECD in the merger, ECD is deemed to be the accounting acquirer, and the historical financial statements of ECD became the basis for the historical financial statements of the Company upon the closing of the merger. ECD was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

● ECD’s existing stockholders have the greatest voting interest in the combined company;

● ECD’s existing stockholders have the ability to control decisions regarding election and removal of directors and officers of the combined company;

● ECD is the larger entity in terms of substantive operations and employee base;

● ECD comprises the ongoing operations of the combined company; and

● ECD’s existing senior management is the senior management of the combined company.

In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the equity structure has been restated in all comparable periods up to December 12, 2023, to reflect the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, issued to ECD’s stockholders in connection with the merger. As such, the shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share related to ECD’s common stock prior to the merger have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the merger.

12

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the condensed consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the year ended December 31, 2023:

Cash-trust and cash, net of redemptions	$	241,329
Less: transaction expenses paid		(241,329	)
Net proceeds from the Business Combination		—
Less: recognition of SPAC closing balance sheet		(762,710	)
Reverse recapitalization, net	$	(762,710	)

The number of shares of Common Stock issued following the consummation of the Business Combination were:

EFHAC Class A common stock, outstanding prior to the Business Combination	11,500,000
Less: Redemption of EFHAC Class A common stock	(11,477,525	)
Class A common stock of EFHAC	22,475
EFHAC public rights shares outstanding	1,437,500
EFHAC founder shares outstanding	2,875,000
EFHAC private shares outstanding	257,500
EFHAC private rights shares outstanding	32,187
EFHAC shares issued to EF Hutton (underwriter)	775,000
Business Combination shares	5,399,662
ECD Shares	26,500,000
Common Stock immediately after the Business Combination	31,899,662

The number of ECD shares was determined as follows:

	ECD Shares		ECD Shares after conversion ratio
Class A Common Stock (before Defender SPV shares)		100		24,000,000

Public and private placement warrants

The 11,500,000 Public Warrants issued at the time of EFHAC’s initial public offering, and 257,500 warrants issued in connection with private placement at the time of EFHAC’s initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”) remained outstanding and became warrants for the Company (see Note 13).

Redemptions 

Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, certain EFHAC public shareholders exercised their right to redeem certain of their outstanding shares for cash, resulting in total redemptions of 11,477,525 shares of EFHAC Class A common stock for aggregate payments of $119,759,997.

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventory – work in progress	$	3,633,204	$	2,842,470
Inventory – work in progress shipping and consumables		381,620		332,105
Inventory – work in progress labor		801,782		448,280
Resale inventory		1,200,620		1,110,620
Finished goods		4,896,860		7,065,829
	$	10,914,086	$	11,799,304

Overhead costs allocated to inventory were $269,249 and $185,150 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

13

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2024		2023
Prepaid expenses other assets	$	4,548	$	34,006
Prepaid insurance		342,109		-
	$	346,657	$	34,006

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2024			2023
Computer equipment	$	98,787		$	72,175
Office furniture		45,713			36,412
Manufacturing equipment		676,632			654,858
Vehicles		456,360			456,360
Building improvements		3,092			-
		1,280,584			1,219,805
Less: accumulated depreciation		(298,783	)		(251,128	)
	$	981,801		$	968,677

Depreciation expense related to the Company’s property and equipment was $47,654 and $27,308 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which were included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

8. LEASES

The Company leases population of its right of use asset and lease liabilities is related to leased office space in Kissimmee, Florida and the UK and beginning on March 23, 2024 a leased warehouse in Kissimmee, Florida. Some of these real estate leases require variable payments of property taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance, in addition to base rent.

ROU assets at March 31, 2024 were $3,675,559. Current and long-term operating lease liabilities were $324,791 and $3,641,602 at March 31, 2024, respectively. 

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024			2023
Lease cost
Operating lease cost	$	150,278		$	138,567
Variable and other lease costs		8,828			6,492
Total lease cost	$	159,106		$	145,059
Other information
Cash paid for the amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases:
Operating cash flows	$	138,235		$	101,978
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases		9.23			9.88
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases		6.3	%		6.3	%

14

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Maturity analysis under the lease agreement is as follows:

	Total
2024	$	419,467
2025		575,360
2026		535,720
2027		492,318
2028 and beyond		3,274,183
		5,297,048
Less: present value discount		(1,330,655	)
Lease liability	$	3,966,393

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Accrued convertible note interest		533,898		113,000
Accrued bonuses		-		150,000
Accrued expenses, other		510,593		137,859
Warranty reserve		108,565		89,430
Accrued payroll		177,199		196,711
	$	1,330,255	$	687,000

10. OTHER PAYABLE 

Other payable consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
PPG payable (as defined below)	$	117,611	$	168,256
EFHAC income tax payable		1,115,559		1,115,559
Other		231,927		250,000
	$	1,465,098	$	1,533,815

On February 1, 2022, the Company entered into an Exclusive Supplier Agreement with a third party, pursuant to which the third party issues a pre-bate in the amount of $277,642 to the Company in exchange for the Company’s commitment to make purchase of the third party’s products in the amount of $1,506,349 (“PPG Payable”). The Company shall use the $277,642 as working capital or otherwise in the operation of the Company’s business. The outstanding balance on the PPG payable was $117,611 and $168,256 recorded as other payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

15

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. DEBT

Securities Purchase Agreement

On October 6, 2023 the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with an institutional Lender (the “Lender”) pursuant to which the Company issued to the Lender a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”) in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209. The Convertible Note shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Interest rate plus 5% per annum which is payable monthly in cash, or upon the Company’s option, in securities of the Company provided certain conditions are met at the increased interest rate of the Prime Interest rate plus 8% per annum. The Company is required to pay a late charge of 12% per annum (“Late Charges”) on any amount of principal or other amounts that are not paid when due. The Convertible Note is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share at the option of the Lender at a conversion price of $10.00 per share, subject to a one-time downward adjustment on the effective date of the registration statement providing for the resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note to a conversion price equal to the prior 5-day volume weighted average price, subject to a floor of $6.00. The conversion price is subject to a downward adjustment if the Company issues equity in the future at a price less than $10.00, except for equity issued in connection with certain strategic acquisitions. The conversion price is also subject to a downward adjustment if the Company fails to satisfy certain performance conditions set forth in the Convertible Note. Upon the Lender’s conversion, the conversion amount shall be equal to 115% of the principal amount to be converted under the Convertible Note plus any accrued and unpaid interest and accrued and unpaid Late Charges on such principal and interest, if any (the “Conversion Rate”). Lender’s ability to convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock is subject to a 4.99% blocker, such that Lender cannot convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock to the extent it will make the Lender a beneficial owner of more than 4.99% of the common stock. The Company has the option to prepay the Convertible Note, upon thirty (30) business day written notice, by paying the product of the 20% redemption premium multiplied by the greater of (i) the conversion amount to be redeemed and (ii) the product of (x) the Conversion Rate with respect to the conversion amount to be redeemed multiplied by (y) the greatest closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on any trading day immediately preceding such notice of redemption and the date the Company makes the entire payment required.

The Convertible Note has a maturity date of December 12, 2026 and will rank senior to all outstanding and future indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Convertible Notes are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in all the existing and future assets of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of the subsidiaries. The Convertible Note also provides that the Company and its subsidiaries execute a guaranty (the “Guaranty”) to guaranty the obligations under the Convertible Note and the Security Agreement, that all insider stockholders of the common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) restricting their sale of the common stock until six months after the registration statement registering the shares of common stock underlying the Convertible Note is declared effective and a joinder agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company and its Subsidiaries agree and consent to be parties to the Security Agreement.

The Convertible Note includes an original issue discount of $2,119,209 and debt issuance costs of $3,088,883. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded $434,008 and $0 of amortization expense of the debt discount in the consolidated statement of operations. As March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, accrued interest on the Convertible Note in the consolidated balance sheets was $533,898 and $113,000, respectively.

 The table below summarizes the outstanding Convertible Note as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Principal value of Convertible Note	$	15,819,209		$	15,819,209
Debt discount, net of amortization		(4,701,749	)		(5,135,757	)
Convertible Note payable	$	11,117,460		$	10,683,452

12. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were 25,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. The 25,000 shares represent Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (discussed below). The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of Common Stock, and to all other classes or series of capital stock with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

16

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dividend Rights

From and after the first date of issuance of any initial shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Initial Issuance Date”) and prior to the date of the initial exercise of the Preferred Warrants (the “Initial Preferred Warrant Exercise Date”), unless a triggering event has occurred and is continuing, holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to dividends. From and after the Initial Preferred Warrant Exercise Date, dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall commence accruing and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months and shall be payable in arrears for on the first trading day of each fiscal quarter (each, an “Dividend Date”). Dividends shall be payable on each Dividend Date, to each record holder of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on the applicable Dividend Date, in shares of Common Stock (“Dividend Shares”) so long as there has been no Equity Conditions Failure; provided however, that the Company may, at its option following notice to each holder, pay dividend on any Dividend Date in cash (“Cash Dividend”) or in a combination of Cash Dividend and Dividend Shares.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the stockholders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available for distribution to its stockholders (the “Liquidation Funds”), before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of junior stock, but pari passu with any parity stock then outstanding, an amount per share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Black Scholes Value (as defined in the Common Warrants) with respect to the outstanding portion of all Common Warrants held by such holder (without regard to any limitations on the exercise thereof) as of the date of such event and (ii) the greater of (A) 125% of the Conversion Amount (as defined below) of such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on the date of such payment and (B) the amount per share such holder would receive if such holder converted such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the date of such payment, provided that if the Liquidation Funds are insufficient to pay the full amount due to the holders and holders of shares of parity stock, then each holder and each holder of parity stock shall receive a percentage of the Liquidation Funds equal to the full amount of Liquidation Funds payable to such holder and such holder of parity stock as a liquidation preference, in accordance with their respective certificate of designations (or equivalent), as a percentage of the full amount of Liquidation Funds payable to all holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and all holders of shares of parity stock.

Conversion and Redemption Rights

At any time after the Business Combination, each stockholder shall be entitled to convert any portion of the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such stockholder into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be determined by dividing (i) the Conversion Amount (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) of such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by (y) $10.00 (subject to adjustments). A stockholder’s ability to convert Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock is subject to a 4.99% blocker, such that a stockholder cannot convert Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock to the extent it will make the stockholder a beneficial owner of more than 4.99% of the Common Stock.

The stockholders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have redemption rights upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as defined in the Certificate of Designation). The Company has the right to redeem all or any part of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding.

Voting and Other Preferred Rights

Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, except as required by law (including without limitation, the DGCL) and as expressly provided in the Certificate of Designations.

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were 31,899,662 shares and 31,874,662 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Each share of Common Stock has one vote and has similar rights and obligations.

On October 11, 2023, ECD closed the transaction memorialized in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2023 (the “Humble SPA”) by and between ECD and Defender SPV LLC (the “Investor”) pursuant to which ECD agreed to issue to the Investor (i) 39,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company convertible into shares of ECD Common Stock; (ii) 1,100,000 shares of ECD Common Stock; (iii) a warrant to acquire 1,091,525 additional shares of ECD Common Stock; and (iv) a warrant to acquire 15,819 shares of ECD Series A Preferred Stock, for a purchase price equal to $300,000.

17

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In advance of the Business Combination Closing, the Investor provided the Company a Conversion Notice to convert 14,000 shares of its Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 1,400,000 shares of common stock of Humble (“Humble Common Stock”). Following the Lender’s conversion of 14,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Lender held 25,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Humble Common Stock.

Warrants - As part of EFHAC’s initial public offering (“IPO”), EFHAC issued warrants to third-party investors where each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Public Warrants”). Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, EFHAC completed the private sale of warrants where each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at $11.50 per share. At March 31, 2024, there are 11,500,000 Public Warrants and 257,500 Private warrants outstanding.

These warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation and are exercisable commencing 30 days after the Business Combination, provided that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

● in whole and not in part;

● at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

● upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

● if, and only if, the reported last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share.

The Company accounts for the 11,757,500 warrants issued in connection with the IPO in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815. Such guidance provides that the warrants described above are not precluded from equity classification. Equity-classified contracts are initially measured at fair value (or allocated value). Subsequent changes in fair value are not recognized as long as the contracts continue to be classified in equity.

Share-based Compensation

The Company has adopted the Equity Incentive Plan, which plan was approved by stockholders at the Special Meeting. The purposes of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and the stockholders of Company by providing (i) executive officers and other employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below), (ii) certain consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company and its Subsidiaries and (iii) non-employee members of the Board with appropriate incentives and rewards to encourage them to enter into and continue in the employ and service of the Company and to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company, as well as to reward the performance of these individuals in fulfilling their personal responsibilities for long-range and annual achievements. Eligible individuals under the Plan may receive awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

The maximum number of shares reserved for the grant of awards under the Plan shall be 400,000. No recipient under the Plan may be awarded more than 100,000 shares in any calendar year, and the maximum number of shares underlying awards of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to an Award Recipient in any calendar year is 100,000.

The authority to manage the operation of and administer the Plan shall be vested in a committee (the “Committee”), which shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, including exclusive authority to select the participants to the Plan; to make awards; to determine the type, size, terms and timing of the awards (which need not be uniform); to accelerate the vesting of awards granted pursuant to the Plan, including upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company; to prescribe the form of the award agreement; to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any award; to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any award issued pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors and shall consist solely of non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and are outside directors within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

18

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Grants may be made under the Plan through the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date it is adopted by the Board and approved by the Committee. Awards outstanding as of the date of termination of the Plan shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

As of March 31, 2024, no awards were granted. Each of its four non-employee directors are expected to receive a one-time grant of stock options to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at a purchase price which shall be equal to 110% of the price per share of the Common Stock at the Closing Date.

In addition, the Company has entered into a consulting agreement whereby it expects to issue 100,000 fully paid up non-forfeitable shares of restricted common stock in the second quarter. All shares of Company restricted common stock will be subject to a 12-month lock up from the time of issuance.

The agreement also provides for incentive shares as follows:

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 2.5 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 5.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 10.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within nine (9) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $1.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relations firm within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

● If within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $3.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relations firm on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Effective Date. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company has entered into an independent contractor agreement with Luxury Automotive Transport, Inc. The owner of Luxury Automotive Transport, Inc. is the father of one of the Company’s Directors as well as an officer of the Company, both of which were Founders of the Company. ECD secures the services of a specialized contractor to handle the transportation and delivery of their custom luxury vehicles, ensuring these tasks are managed by a company with substantial expertise in this area. Per the agreement, the customer delivery rate is $1.45/mile, and transportation rate is 1.25/mile. As a result of the agreements, the Company recorded expenses of $24,590 and $46,733 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were no outstanding amounts owed under these agreements.

The Company has no commercial agreement with British Food Stop. British Food Stop sells breakfast and lunch to employees via a food truck on site. The owners of British Food Stop are the parents of one of the Company’s Directors who was also a Founder of the Company.. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded expenses totaling $28,766 and $0, respectively. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there was $1,857 and $0 outstanding to British Food Stop, in accounts payable in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet.

19

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 27, 2024, which represents the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and no events, other than discussed below have occurred through that date that would impact the financial statements.

On April 3, 2024, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Original Asset Purchase Agreement”) with BNMC Continuation Cars LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company and David W. Miller II (collectively “Sellers”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets from Sellers in exchange for $1.5 million (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price was to be paid to Sellers by the issuance of such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), equal to (a) the Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement (the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Sellers, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets relating to vehicle builds, including the trademark “Brand New Muscle Car” (the “Purchased Assets”) from Sellers in exchange for up to $1.25 million. The price for the Purchased Assets under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement shall be equal to $950,000 plus up to an additional $300,000, in increments of $100,000, for each new vehicle build the Sellers can refer to the Company that are actually accepted by the Company on or before June 24, 2024 (the “A&R Purchase Price”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid to Seller by the issuance of such number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a) the A&R Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date (the “Consideration Shares”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid by the Company to the Sellers by the issuance of the Consideration Shares within three (3) business days of the five month anniversary of the closing date. The closing of the transactions contemplated by A&R Asset Purchase Agreement are subject to customary representations, warranties, covenants and closing conditions.

On April 24, 2024, following the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions, the Company and Sellers closed the transactions contemplated by the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. In connection with the closing of the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Sellers executed and delivered the following agreements: (1) the IP Assignment Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between Sellers, as assignors, and ECD, as assignee (the “IP Assignment Agreement”), (2) the Trademark License Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as licensor and Sellers, as licensees (the “Trademark License Agreement”), and (3) the Consulting Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as the company and BNMC Films LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of David W. Miller II, as the contractor (the “Consulting Agreement”).

As of June 24, 2024, the Sellers provided the Company referrals of three additional new vehicle builds, which were accepted by the Company in accordance with the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, the A&R Purchase Price under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement is fixed at $1,250,000, which will be paid by the Company through the issuance of Consideration Shares to the Sellers within three (3) business days of September 24, 2024.

Certain events of default under the Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have occurred based on the following: the Company’s failure to have its resale registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the SEC within sixty (60) days of December 12, 2023, the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2023 were required to be restated, the fact that the Company did not file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Form 10-K”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-K and the Company did not file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarterly period ended March 31, 2024 (the “Form 10-Q”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-Q. The Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock each provide for certain remedies based upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Company has spoken with the lender under the Convertible Note who is also the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and plans to attempt to negotiate and enter into a default waiver agreement with the lender. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to negotiate a waiver agreement with the lender. If the lender seeks to enforce its remedies under the Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the lender is successful in obtaining such remedies, then such event could have a material negative effect on the business and finances of the Company.

On May 9, 2024, the Company issued 100,000 shares of common stock to an investor relations firm pursuant to the Agreement executed in February 2024. See Note 13.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company has granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest for the payment of the indebtedness. The collateral to secure the line of credit is first title liens on inventory (used ECD-produced vehicles) advanced under the agreement. The agreement will remain in effect until all loans have been paid in full including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, and other fees and charges have been paid in full or if the parties agree in writing to terminate the agreement. As of June 18, 2024, the payoff including accrued interest is approximately $740,000.

On June 11, 2024, the Company entered into a marketing services agreement with Outside The Box Capital Inc. (“OTBC”) commencing on June 12, 2024 and terminating on December 12, 2024 (the “MS Agreement”). As compensation for OTBC services rendered under the MS Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to OTBC, valued at $100,000, based on the closing stock price on June 12, 2024. 

20

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to ECD Automotive Design, Inc. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Quarterly Report”). Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” and “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Such statements include, but are not limited to, possible business combinations and the financing thereof, and related matters, as well as all other statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-Q. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other SEC filings. Except as expressly required by applicable securities law, we disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Business Overview and Strategy

ECD is an award winning, custom-car builder with a focus on British classic vehicles. We provide clients a one-of-a kind immersive luxury automotive design experience for each of its unique custom builds, where customers may design every aspect of the vehicle. In sequence, our highly trained technicians, master-certified ASE craftsmen, hand-built, from the ground up, in 2,200 man-hours, a completely restored vehicle, replacing substantially its every single component– customizing the engine, the color, the seating, the stitching, the electronics and the cosmetic finishes. All elements of the process are completed in-house. We primarily earn our revenue from the sale of the customized vehicle directly to the customer, as well as by providing repair or upgrade services to customers, and from the sale of extended warranties. Occasionally we earn commissions on resale of used vehicles. Our revenues, net, were $8.3 million and $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We had net loss of $1.5 million and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 

The Company’s business is subject to retail industry trends and conditions and the sales of new and used vehicles. Worldwide economic conditions impact consumer spending and if the global macroeconomic environment deteriorates, this could have a negative effect on the Company’s revenues and earnings.

Although we believe that our product is geared towards a certain customer base that is not as vulnerable to the global economic conditions, there are certain levels of volatility related to domestic and international markets, increased competition by manufacturers, technological advancements, customer acceptance, discretionary consumer spending and general economic conditions. All of our products are subject to price fluctuations in materials and labor costs, which could affect the carrying value of inventories and gross margins in the future.

Our headquarters, known as the “Rover Dome,” is a 100,000-square-foot facility located in Kissimmee, FL, where 89 employees are currently located, including 72 talented craftsmen and technicians, who hold a combined 69 National Institute for ASE and 4 master level certifications. ECD, by means of ECD UK, operates a logistics center in the United Kingdom where its professionals work to source and transport over-25-year-old work vehicles back to the United States for restoration.

Merger with EF Hutton Acquisition Corporation I

On December 12, 2023, ECD Automotive Design, Inc., formerly known as EF Hutton Acquisition Corporation I (the “Company” or the “Registrant”), completed the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by the merger agreement, dated as of March 3, 2023, as amended on October 14, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among EF Hutton Acquisition Corporation I (“EFHT”), Humble Imports Inc., d/b/a ECD Auto Design, a Florida corporation (“Humble” or “ECD”), ECD Auto Design UK, Ltd., an England and Wales corporation (the “ECD UK”), EFHAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHT, and Scott Wallace, as the Securitiyholder Representative. The Merger Agreement was previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by EFHT with the SEC on March 6, 2023.

21

At the Closing, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement and after giving effect to the redemptions of shares of EFHT Common Stock:

● the total consideration paid at the Closing (the “Merger Consideration”) by EFHT to Humble security holders was 26,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock, 25,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, a warrant to purchase 1,091,525 shares of Company Common Stock, and a warrant to purchase 15,819 shares of Company Preferred Stock, (the “Securities Consideration”), and a cash payment of $2,000,000 pro rata to the former security holders of Humble (the “Cash Consideration” and, collectively with the Securities Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”);

● each share of Merger Sub common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Merger Sub Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into one newly issued share of Company Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation.

Following the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Florida Department of State, Merger Sub merged with and into Humble with Humble as the surviving corporation, effective December 12, 2023. Thus, Humble became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the Merger, the Company changed its name to “ECD Automotive Design, Inc.” 

Other Recent Developments

Prior to the Merger, on October 6, 2023, ECD amended its articles of incorporation which authorized 100 shares of common stock with no par value to authorize 500,000,000 shares of common stock with no par value and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with no par value. Included in this amendment, the Company created and designated 54,819 shares of preferred stock as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.”

Effective October 11, 2023, ECD closed the transaction memorialized in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2023 (the “Humble SPA”) by and between ECD and Defender SPV LLC (the “Investor”) pursuant to which ECD agreed to issue to the Investor (i) 39,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company convertible into shares of ECD Common Stock; (ii) 1,100,000 shares of ECD Common Stock; (iii) a warrant to acquire 1,091,525 additional shares of ECD Common Stock; and (iv) a warrant to acquire 15,819 shares of ECD Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, for a purchase price equal to $300,000.

Securities Purchase Agreement

On October 6, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with an institutional Lender (the “Lender”) pursuant to which the Company issued to the Lender a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”) in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209. The Convertible Note shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Interest rate plus 5% per annum which is payable quarterly in cash, or upon the Company’s option, in securities of the Company provided certain conditions are met at the increased interest rate of the Prime Interest rate plus 8% per annum. The Company is required to pay a late charge of 12% per annum (“Late Charges”) on any amount of principal or other amounts that are not paid when due. The Convertible Note is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share at the option of the Lender at a conversion price of $10.00 per share, subject to a one-time downward adjustment on the effective date of the registration statement providing for the resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note to a conversion price equal to the prior 5-day volume weighted average price, subject to a floor of $6.00. The conversion price is subject to a downward adjustment if the Company issues equity in the future at a price less than $10.00, except for equity issued in connection with certain strategic acquisitions. The conversion price is also subject to a downward adjustment if the Company fails to satisfy certain performance conditions set forth in the Convertible Note. Upon the Lender’s conversion, the conversion amount shall be equal to 115% of the principal amount to be converted under the Convertible Note plus any accrued and unpaid interest and accrued and unpaid Late Charges on such principal and interest, if any (the “Conversion Rate”). Lender’s ability to convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock is subject to a 4.99% blocker, such that Lender cannot convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock to the extent it will make the Lender a beneficial owner of more than 4.99% of the common stock. The Company has the option to prepay the Convertible Note, upon thirty (30) business day written notice, by paying the product of the 20% redemption premium multiplied by the greater of (i) the conversion amount to be redeemed and (ii) the product of (x) the Conversion Rate with respect to the conversion amount to be redeemed multiplied by (y) the greatest closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on any trading day immediately preceding such notice of redemption and the date the Company makes the entire payment required. 

22

The Convertible Note has a maturity date of December 12, 2026, and will rank senior to all outstanding and future indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Convertible Notes are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in all the existing and future assets of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of the subsidiaries. The Convertible Note also provides that the Company and its subsidiaries execute a guaranty (the “Guaranty”) to guaranty the obligations under the Convertible Note and the Security Agreement, that all insider stockholders of the common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) restricting their sale of the common stock until six months after the registration statement registering the shares of common stock underlying the Convertible Note is declared effective and a joinder agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company and its Subsidiaries agree and consent to be parties to the Security Agreement.

The Convertible Note includes an original issue discount of $2,119,209 and debt issuance costs of $3,088,883. As of March 31, 2024, the Company recorded $434,008 of amortization expense of the debt discount in the consolidated statement of operations. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, accrued interest on the Convertible Note in the consolidated balance sheets was $533,898 and $0, respectively.

Subsequent Events

On April 3, 2024, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Original Asset Purchase Agreement”) with BNMC Continuation Cars LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company and David W. Miller II (collectively “Sellers”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets from Sellers in exchange for $1.5 million (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price was to be paid to Sellers by the issuance of such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), equal to (a) the Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date.

The foregoing description of the Original Asset Purchase Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Original Asset Purchase Agreement which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement (the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Sellers, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets relating to vehicle builds, including the trademark “Brand New Muscle Car” (the “Purchased Assets”) from Sellers in exchange for up to $1.25 million. The price for the Purchased Assets under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement shall be equal to $950,000 plus up to an additional $300,000, in increments of $100,000, for each new vehicle build the Sellers can refer to the Company that are actually accepted by the Company on or before June 24, 2024 (the “A&R Purchase Price”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid to Seller by the issuance of such number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a) the A&R Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date (the “Consideration Shares”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid by the Company to the Sellers by the issuance of the Consideration Shares within three (3) business days of the five month anniversary of the closing date. The closing of the transactions contemplated by A&R Asset Purchase Agreement are subject to customary representations, warranties, covenants and closing conditions.

On April 24, 2024, following the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions, the Company and Sellers closed the transactions contemplated by the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. In connection with the closing of the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Sellers executed and delivered the following agreements: (1) the IP Assignment Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between Sellers, as assignors, and ECD, as assignee (the “IP Assignment Agreement”), (2) the Trademark License Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as licensor and Sellers, as licensees (the “Trademark License Agreement”), and (3) the Consulting Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as the company and BNMC Films LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of David W. Miller II, as the contractor (the “Consulting Agreement”).

23

As of June 24, 2024, the Sellers provided the Company referrals of three additional new vehicle builds, which were accepted by the Company in accordance with the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, the A&R Purchase Price under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement is fixed at $1,250,000, which will be paid by the Company through the issuance of Consideration Shares to the Sellers within three (3) business days of September 24, 2024.

The foregoing description of the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement, IP Assignment Agreement, Trademark License Agreement and Consulting Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement, the IP Assignment Agreement, the Trademark License Agreement, and the Consulting Agreement, which are attached hereto respectively as Exhibits 2.2, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest in certain assets for the payment of the indebtedness. The collateral to secure the line of credit is first title liens on inventory (used ECD-produced vehicles) advanced under the agreement. The agreement will remain in effect until all loans have been paid in full including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, and other fees and charges have been paid in full or if the parties agree in writing to terminate the agreement. As of June 12, 2024, the Company has drawn $900,000 under the loan agreement.

The foregoing description of the loan agreement and security agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Business Loan Agreement, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco, the Commercial Security Agreement, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco and the Promissory Note in the amount of $1,500,000, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco, copies of which are incorporated by reference and attached hereto, respectively, as Exhibits 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6.

Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations

We have set out below a discussion of the key factors that have affected our financial performance and that are expected to impact our performance going forward. These factors present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus titled “Risk Factors”.

Supply Chain Management

During March 2020, a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization related to the rapidly growing outbreak of COVID-19. The pandemic has significantly impacted the economic conditions in the United States, as federal, state, and local governments have reacted to the public health crisis, creating significant uncertainties in the United States, as well as the global economy. In the interest of public health and safety, U.S. jurisdictions (national, state, and local) where our primary operations and those of many of our customers are located, required mandatory business closures and capacity limitations, or other restrictions for those that were permitted to continue to operate. In view of such restrictions, we interrupted our operations on April 1, 2020 and paid all staff a retained reduced rate during the closure. We progressively resumed production as from May 1, 2020, reaching our standard production levels by June 2020. Such interruption caused us to produce six fewer vehicles in 2020 compared to the budget.

24

Due to the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic, our operations were primarily impacted by the disruption in the global supply chain and price increases in materials and shipping costs, but not in our internal operations, as we and our major suppliers were considered part of the essential activities. In 2020, the cost of available shipping increased due to the lack of port workers and tractor trailer drivers, which negatively affected the transit of cargo ships and caused delays in the delivery of merchandise. At the time, we mostly relied on the Ports of Brunswick and Savannah for the delivery of our parts and materials into the United States. Consequently, in order to mitigate such impacts, we have included additional shipping routes to our operations, namely the Ports of Baltimore, Jacksonville, and Everglades (Miami). In 2021, we avoided impacts to our operations by stocking raw materials and internal inventory prior to our closure in April 2020, ensuring that we would be able to operate at a normal pace once we resumed operations.

During 2022, our North Line was open and operating at its full capacity completing four to five full builds per month.

We continue to explore opportunities to reduce our costs, improve efficiencies, and increase our margins. As a result of these efforts, in July 2021, two shareholders of the Company opened ECD UK. ECD UK was formed to facilitate procuring parts and vehicles overseas for the Company.

We continue to focus on cash flow and anticipate having sufficient resources to operate during 2024. 

Manufacturing Facility Expansion

On August 11, 2021, we entered into a lease agreement, whereby the Company agreed to lease 100,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing, warehouse, and office space in Kissimmee, Florida, for a term of 125 months following the lease commencement date. The new state-of-the art facility allows for production efficiencies, enables us to scale our productions, and positions us for extensive growth. We increased our production by approximately 20% in 2023 utilizing one shift. We are planning to add an additional 10,000 sq. ft. space in the second half of 2024 to accommodate the storage of delivery ready vehicles as well as base vehicles shipped from ECD UK. 

Our Growth Plans

We introduced Jaguar E-type in 2022, which we sell at a higher price point and with a higher gross margin as compared to our traditional Land Rover Defender, Range Rover and Land Rover Series models. In April 2024, we purchase the assets of Bran New Muscle Car (BNMC). We plan to leverage the assets of to launch the production of Mustangs in 2024 and expand into other American Classic muscle cars in 2025. The asset purchase included 3 Mustang contracts. We currently use a third of our production floor for quality control and warranty services. We plan to relocate our quality and warranty services in 2024 to a new facility that will function as a warranty, used vehicles sales, and service center, and to add a third production area that will focus on iconic American vehicles. We expect our margins to further improve as we increase scale, resulting in lower component costs and improved absorption of our fixed manufacturing overhead.

We have opened new marketing channels in 2024. This includes (i) outreach events in the U.S. locations where we have experienced high customer demand, (ii) various events on-site with attendance of market influencers increasing customer participation, (i) marketing by expanding our relationship with the press and social influencers; and (ii) expand into international markets, such as Europe, Canada and United Arab Emirates.

Key Business Metrics

We use certain key metrics and financial measures not prepared in accordance with GAAP to evaluate and manage our business.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as earnings (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, as adjusted to exclude non-recurring professional fees, and equity compensation expense. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of GAAP net loss to adjusted EBITDA. We utilize adjusted EBITDA as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe the exclusion of the non-cash charges and non-recurring professional fees allow for a more relevant comparison of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA should not be viewed as a substitute for net loss calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted EBITDA differently.

25

The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods presented:

	For the three months ended
	March 31,
	2024			2023
Net loss	$	(1,550,304	)	$	(1,122,566	)
Excluding:
Interest expense		970,777			-
Income tax expense		532,280			-
Non-recurring professional fees		408,936			210,099
Equity compensation expense		117,500			-
Other (income) expense, net		(48,526	)		(22,377	)
Foreign exchange loss		4,704			-
Depreciation		47,654			27,308
Adjusted EBITDA		483,021			(907,536	)

Adjusted EBITDA increased $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023. This increase in gross profit was driven by the increase in average selling price per vehicle of $63,071 offset by high public company expenses. The Company also realized a significant improvement in our gross margins for Builds.

Components of Results of Operations

We manage our business globally within one operating segment, which is consistent with how our management reviews our business, makes investment and resource allocation decisions, and assesses operating performance.

Net Revenues

Our Net Revenues consist of product revenue, and warranty and other revenue. Each of the categories is described below.

Product Revenue – Builds

The Company generates revenue through the sale of rebuilt or upgraded Land Rover Defender, Range Rover Classics, Land Rover Series and Jaguar E-Types vehicles directly to customers. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is the Company’s promise to transfer the Company’s product to customers based -the transfer of title or shipping terms in the arrangement. The entire transaction revenue is allocated to this performance obligation. Product revenue is recognized after a customer sends the final balance due, and our client services team carry out all of the necessary paperwork to assign title/registration to the customer or deliver the vehicle to the customer.

Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives from 25% to 50% of the total consideration of the contract from its customers as acceptance of contract, excluding any upgrades, which are initially recorded in customer deposits, and are recognized as net revenue when the products are shipped. 

Warranty and Other Revenue

The Company also generates revenue through the sale of extended warranties to customers. The customers agree to the terms and conditions at the time of purchase, which represents the customer arrangements. The period covered by the extended warranty is usually two years. The Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in ASC 606 and, therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.

The Company generates revenue through providing repair services to customers. The Company agrees with the customer on a budget. There is a single performance obligation, which is the Company’s promise to perform the retrofit, repair work on the vehicle. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Service revenue is recognized when the repair work is completed, and the customer receives the vehicle.

26

Product Limited Warranty

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited warranty for work performed on the vehicle under the builds/sales contract. The customers do not have a contractual right of return. The Company only offers a limited warranty for the work performed on the vehicle under the contract. If a customer disputes any work performed, the Company will attempt to remedy the work; however, it shall not be required to discount the transaction price.

Cost of Goods Sold

Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of cost of materials, labor costs, shipping and freight, customs and duty, outside services, as well as tools and supplies used in the manufacturing facility. Labor costs are tracked by direct labor, warranty labor, and quality control labor.

Advertising and Marketing

The Company’s sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising costs, public relations, marketing and promotional expenses, travel costs, and printing expenses. We expect advertising and marketing expenses will increase in absolute terms with the continued growth of our business and the introduction of new marketing channels.

General and Administrative Expenses

The Company’s general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other personnel related costs, professional fees, information technology, outside services, transportation costs, occupancy costs, employee recruitment and training costs, and general office expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute terms to support continued growth of our business. We also expect to continue to incur the additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses necessary to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange and related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as higher expenses for general and director and officer insurance, investor relations and other professional services.

Depreciation Expense

The Company’s depreciation expense consists of depreciation of our long-term assets, building improvements, manufacturing equipment and tooling, office equipment, and furniture and fixtures. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life of 5 to 15 years.

Other Income and Expenses

The Company’s other income and expenses primarily consist of interest income and expense and other income and expense items. These categories are described in more detail below.

Interest Expense

Interest expense represents interest on the Convertible Note and amortization of the debt issuance costs.

Other Income and Expense

The Company’s other income and expenses represent foreign currency exchange gains and losses, interest income, and other miscellaneous items. Our interest income represents bank interest earned on cash in the Company’s savings account.

27

Results of Operations

To provide readers with meaningful comparisons, the following analysis provides comparisons of the financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. We analyze and explain the differences between periods in the specific line items of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

	For the three months ended March 31,						Variance			Variance
	2024			2023			($)			(%)
Revenue, net	$	8,308,039		$	2,707,326		$	5,600,713			206.9	%
Cost of goods sold		5,831,100			2,403,234			3,427,866			142.6	%
Gross profit		2,476,939			304,092		$	2,172,847			714.5	%
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing expenses		343,409			105,220			238,189			226.4	%
General and administrative expenses		2,176,945			1,316,507			860,438			65.4	%
Depreciation and amortization expenses		47,654			27,308			20,346			74.5	%
Total operating expenses		2,568,008			1,449,035			1,118,973			77.2	%
Income (loss) from operations		(91,069	)		(1,144,943	)		1,053,847			(92.0	)%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(970,777	)		-			(970,777	)		100.0	%
Foreign exchange loss		(4,704	)		-			(4,704	)		100.0	%
Other income (expense), net		48,526			22,377			26,149			116.9	%
Total other income (loss)		(926,955	)		22,377			(949,332	)		(4,242.4	)%
Loss before income taxes		(1,018,024	)		(1,122,566	)		104,542			(9.3	)%
Income tax expense		(532,280	)		-			(532,280	)		100.0	%
Net loss	$	(1,550,304	)	$	(1,122,566	)	$	(427,738	)		38.1	%

Three Months Ended March 31, 2024 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023

Continuing Operations

The tables presented in this section set forth, for the periods indicated, certain Statement of Operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

Net Revenue by Product Category

The following table summarizes the Company’s net unaudited condensed consolidated revenues disaggregated by product category:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2024		2023		Change		Change %
Builds		8,217,647		2,651,251		5,566,396		210.0	%
Warranty		90,392		56,076		34,316		61.2	%
Total revenues, net	$	8,308,039	$	2,707,327	$	5,600,712		206.9	%

Vehicle builds represented 98.9% of the revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2024, compared to 97.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2023, and increased $5,566,396 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023. The primary driver of the revenue increase for the three months ended March 31, 2024 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023 was the increase in average selling price per vehicle by $63,071 and increased production due to efficiency improvements. The increased average selling price contributed $1,702,915 to the increase in revenue and the increase in production contributed $3,863,481 to the increase in revenue.

28

Warranty and other revenue represent a small portion of our revenue. Those categories combined represented 1.1% of the revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2024, compared to 2.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2023, a decrease of $34,316 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin Percentage

	Three Months Ended March 31,
		2024			2023		Change		Change %
Builds		2,533,334			261,072		2,272,262		870.4	%
		30.83	%		9.8	%	21.0	%
Warranty and others		(56,395	)		43,020		(99,415	)	(231.1	)%
		(62.4	)%		76.7	%	(139.1	)%
Total Gross Profit	$	2,476,939		$	304,092		2,172,847		714.5	%
		29.8	%		11.2	%	18.6	%

Gross margins in the Builds category increased by 870.4% during the three months ended March 31 2024, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023, due to a decrease in per truck material costs, and efficiencies in the build process. The primary driver of the increase in gross profit was the increase in average selling price per vehicle by $63,071 representing over 72% of the gross profit increase. Also attributing to the gross profit improvement was a decrease in cost of materials and production efficiencies.

Operating Expenses

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023		Change		Change %
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing expenses	$	343,409	$	105,220	$	238,189		226.4	%
General and administrative expenses		2,176,945		1,316,507		860,438		65.4	%
Depreciation and amortization expenses		47,654		27,308		20,346		74.5	%
Total operating expenses	$	2,568,008	$	1,449,035	$	1,118,973		77.2	%

The Company experienced an overall increase in operating expenses of $1,118,973 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023.

For the three months ended March 31, 2024, selling and marketing expenses increased $238,189, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023. This increase was primarily attributable to an increased volume of advertising and printing as the Company increased its advertising, promotions, and social media presence in response to higher online traffic. In addition, part of the increase was due to the increased price of web advertising compared to the prior year.

General and administrative expenses increased $860,438 during the three months ended March 31 2024, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023. The primary driver for the increase in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2024 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023 was due to the growth and expansion of our operations. Other increases were related to an increase in front office staff and salaries of $543,768, additional insurance costs of $121,070, higher occupancy costs of approximately $70,000, and increased general and administrative expenses. We expect to invest in our corporate organization and incur additional expenses associated with transitioning to, and operating as, a public company, including increased legal, audit, tax and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums and compliance costs. As a result, we expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods but decline as a percentage of total revenue over time. Our inability to scale our expenses could negatively impact profitability.

29

For the three months ended March 31, 2024, depreciation expense increased $20,346, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to additional depreciation related to equipment purchases.

Other (Expense)Income

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2024			2023		Change			Change %
Interest expense	$	(970,777	)	$	-	$	(970,777	)		100.0	%
Foreign exchange loss		(4,704	)		-		(4,704	)		100.0	%
Other income (expense), net		48,526			22,377		26,149			116.9	%
Total other income (loss)	$	(926,955	)	$	22,377	$	(949,332	)		-4242.4	%

For the three months ended March 31, 2024, other income (expense), net increased $26,149, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023 due an increase in interest income.

For the three months ended March 31, 2024, interest expense increased $970,777 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023, due to the accrued interest and amortization of debt issuance costs on the Convertible Note. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Uses and Availability of Funds

Our primary sources of funds are customer deposits, collections of deferred revenue, and proceeds from loan payable. The Company relies on customer deposits to fund working capital requirements. Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives from 25% to 50% of the total consideration of the contract, except for upgrades, from its customers as acceptance of contract, which are initially recorded in customer deposits, and are recognized as net revenue when the products are titled or delivered. As of March 31, 2024, the Company had customer deposits in the amount of $7,038,145 related to performance obligations in process. In addition to the customer deposits, as of March 31, 2024, the Company had $6,945,500 of deferred revenue for vehicles that were completed, but title had not been transferred to the customer as of March 31, 2024.

Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, inventory purchases, manufacturing costs, compensation and related expenses, advertising and marketing, legal and other regulatory expenses, general administrative costs, and capital expenditures. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our revenue growth rate, the timing and amount of cash received from customers, the expansion of sales and marketing activities and the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts.

Financial Condition

We are subject to credit risks, particularly if any of deferred revenue represent a limited number of customers. If we are unable to collect our deferred revenue as it becomes due, it could adversely affect our liquidity and working capital position.

Generally, we have been able to collect our deferred revenue in the ordinary course of business. We hold vehicles as collateral to secure payment from customers. We do not have trade credit insurance for any of our customers to mitigate accounts receivable risk.

As of March 31, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents of $5,560,321. The Company’s primary source of operating funds since inception has been from cash receipts from sales and proceeds from loan payable. Immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company executed and delivered to the Lender a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”), in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209. The Convertible Note shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Interest rate plus 5% per annum which is payable monthly in cash or, upon the Company’s option, in securities of the Company provided certain conditions are met at the increased interest rate of the Prime Interest rate plus 8% per annum. The Company is required to pay a late charge of 12% per annum (“Late Charges”) on any amount of principal or other amounts that are not paid when due. The Convertible Note is convertible into shares of Company Common Stock at the option of the Lender at a conversion price of $10.00 per share, subject to a one-time downward adjustment on the effective date of the registration statement providing for the resale of the Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note to a conversion price equal to the prior 5-day volume weighted average price, subject to a floor of $6.00. The note has a three-year term.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company has granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest for the payment of the indebtedness. The collateral to secure the line of credit is first title liens on inventory (used ECD-produced vehicles) advanced under the agreement. The agreement will remain in effect until all loans have been paid in full including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, and other fees and charges have been paid in full or if the parties agree in writing to terminate the agreement. As of June 2024, the Company has drawn $900,000 on the line of credit.

30

Based on the cash balance of approximately $5.6 million, availability under the revolving line of credit, and expected cash flow from operations, after interest payments, the Company has determined that the Company’s sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet the Company’s financing requirements for the remainder of 2024. 

Cash Flows

Cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023

Increases in inventory, deferred revenue, accrued expenses and current lease liability were primary drivers that resulted in the increase in the working capital deficit. We plan to use our current cash position as well as collections from accounts receivable, and the cash generated from our operations, when applicable, to fund the current operations of the business. The following table summarizes our cash flow activity for the periods presented:

	For the Year Ended
	March 31,
	2024			2023
Cash Provided By (Used In)
Operating Activities	$	(2,513,112	)	$	(1,109,809	)
Investing Activities		(60,778	)		(12,418	)
Financing Activities		-			(66,773	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	$	(2,573,890	)	$	(1,189,000	)

Net cash used in operating activities

Operating activities used cash of $2,513,112 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the decrease in deferred revenue and the increase in prepaid and other current assets, partially offset by a decrease in inventory and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Operating activities used cash of $1,109,809 for the three months ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue and a decrease in other receivable and prepaid and other current assets, partially offset by an increase in inventories and a decrease in accrued expenses and other payable.

Net cash used in investing activities

Investing activities used cash of $60,778 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, related to the purchasing of warehouse equipment.

Investing activities used cash of $12,418 for the three months ended March 31, 2023, related to the purchasing of warehouse equipment and a press vehicle.

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

Financing activities used cash of $66,773 for the three months ended March 31, 2023, due to distributions to the shareholders.

31

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our future material cash requirements from our contractual lease obligations at March 31, 2024:

	Total Future Lease Obligations
2024	$	419,467
2025		575,360
2026		535,720
2027		492,318
2028 and beyond		3,274,183
	$	5,297,048

We regularly review our cash funding requirements and attempt to meet those requirements through a combination of cash on hand, cash provided by operations, available borrowings and possible future public or private debt and/or equity offerings. At times, we evaluate possible acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses that are complementary to ours, which transactions may require the use of cash. We believe that our cash, other liquid assets, operating cash flows, credit arrangements, and access to equity capital markets, taken together, provides adequate resources to fund ongoing operating expenditures for the next twelve months. In the event that they do not, we may require additional funds in the future to support our working capital requirements, or for other purposes, and may seek to raise such additional funds through the sale of public or private equity and/or debt financings, as well as from other sources. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available in the future or that if available, such financing will be obtainable on terms favorable when required.

Impact of Inflation and Currency Fluctuation

While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we have experienced varying levels of inflation during the three months ended March 31, 2024, resulting in part from increased shipping and transportation costs, increased product costs, increased labor costs in the supply chain. We have also experienced varying levels of inflation during the three months ended March 31, 2023, resulting in part from increased product costs and increased labor costs by the uncertain economic environment. The Company has been actively working to mitigate these factors through a combination of sales price adjustments and other sourcing strategies, as such issues have continued into 2024. Severe increases in inflation could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Inflation did not have a material impact on our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2024, or March 31, 2023.

We transact business in foreign currencies and are exposed to risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Accounts relating to foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using prevailing exchange rates at the relevant period end. Net currency exchange gains (losses) were not material for the three months ended March 31, 2024, and 2023.

Seasonality

We typically do not experience seasonality in our operations.

Related Party Transactions

The Company has related party transactions consisting of payments for services provided by companies owned by certain family members of the shareholders. See Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We are required to adopt certain new accounting pronouncements. See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Quarterly Report on Form10-Q.

32

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions can be subjective and complex and may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues, and expenses reported in those financial statements. As a result, actual results could differ from such estimates and assumptions. During 2021 and 2022, there have been continuous changes to the global economic situation, as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. It is possible that this could cause changes to estimates, as a result of the financial circumstances of the markets in which the Company operates, and the health of the global economy. Such changes to estimates could potentially result in impacts that would be material to the consolidated financial statements.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 4 to our condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the Company transfers promised goods or services to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under the agreement, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

Product Revenue – Builds

The Company generates revenue through the sale of Land Rover vehicle directly to customers. The Company considers the build/sales contracts to be the contracts with the customer. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is to build a vehicle based on customer specifications, transfer title or delivery of product under the terms in the arrangement. Product revenue is recognized when the product build is completed and title has been transferred, or product is delivered. The Company concluded that this was the appropriate time to record revenue based on the following criteria. (1) ECD has a right to full payment for the product. (2) The customer has legal title to the product and (3) The customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the asset. There are certain build contacts, “owner donor vehicles” where title remains with the customer for the entire project. Under these contracts, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the truck is delivered back to the customer.

Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives approximately 50% of the total consideration of the contract from its customers as acceptance of contract, which is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Upon completion of the build the remaining 50% is billed and initially recorded as deferred revenue, and recognized as net revenue when the product build is completed and title is legally transferred.

Warranty and Other Revenue

The Company generates revenue through the sale of extended warranty to customers. The customers agree to the terms and conditions at the time of purchase, which represents the customer arrangements. The period covered by the extended warranty is usually one year. The Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in ASC 606 and therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.

The Company also generates revenue through providing repair services to customers. The Company agrees with the customer on a budget. There is a single performance obligation, which is the Company’s promise to perform the retrofit or repair work on the vehicle. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Service revenue is recognized when the repair work is completed, and the customer receives the vehicle.

33

Product Limited Warranty

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited warranty for work performed on the vehicle under the builds/sales contract. The customers do not have a contractual right of return. The Company only offers a limited warranty for the work performed on the vehicle under the contract. If a customer disputes any work performed, the Company will attempt to remedy the work however, it shall not be required to discount the transaction price. The Company considered this an assurance-type warranty and not a separate performance obligation.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While the Company engages in product quality programs and processes, including quality control test driving vehicles, the warranty obligation is affected by historical warranty costs per vehicle. Should actual costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to increase or decrease the estimated warranty liability may be required.

Other Revenue Policies

Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

Applying the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-32-18, the Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised products to the customer will be one year or less, which is the case with substantially all customers.

Applying the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-25-18B, the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products. The Company records the related costs as part of the cost of goods good.

Inventories

Work in progress – shipping and consumables, and work in progress – labor costs reported in inventories are carried at a lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct and indirect costs that are directly attributable to the product. The measurement of inventories is generally based on the weighted average method. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct and indirect costs that are directly attributable. The measurement of work in progress inventories is generally based on the weighted average method. Finished goods inventory is comprised of vehicles for which the build is completed but title has not been legally transferred, or, in some cases, the vehicle has not been delivered. The measurement of finished goods inventories is the total cost of the materials, shipping and consumables, and labor attributed to the build of each specific completed vehicle. Overhead costs are allocated to inventory based on the rate of inventory turned for the period.  

Income taxes

Prior to the Business Combination on December 13, 2023, the Company was an S corporation. As an S corporation, the Company was not directly liable for federal income taxes. As of the date of the Business Combination, the operations of the Company ceased to be taxed as an S corporation resulting in a change in tax status for federal and state income tax purposes.

Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s reserve related to uncertain tax positions was zero as of March 31, 2024, and 2023.

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences (meaning, inclusions of income and deductions in income tax returns to be filed in future periods) of events that have been included in the financial statements. These items may be referred to as “temporary differences.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between their financial statement carrying amount (or, basis) and the carrying amount for taxes (or, tax basis) using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect income in the future tax filings. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

34

We record deferred tax assets to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred income tax assets (meaning, items that may provide tax deductions in future periods) requires evidence that there will be sufficient taxable income in those future periods, or within any carryback periods available under tax law. We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. To be realized, there must be an objective and verifiable basis for the expectation of taxable income in future periods to offset, or “consume,” the deferred tax assets. The evaluation includes the consideration of all available factors, both positive and negative, regarding (i) the estimated future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences (that is, deferred tax liabilities), (ii) forecasted future taxable income, exclusive of those reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, (iii) historical taxable income in prior carryback periods, if carryback is permitted, and (iv) potential tax planning strategies that may be employed to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused. The verifiable evidence, such as future reversals of existing temporary differences and the ability to carryback, are considered before estimated future taxable income (exclusive of temporary differences and tax planning strategies) is considered because future taxable income estimates are more subjective. The majority of our deferred tax assets are comprised of income tax carryforwards, including federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and non-deductible interest expense carryforwards. Some of these carryforwards are subject to annual usage limitations and expiration, while other state NOLs and a portion of federal NOLs do not have expirations.

While we remain in a financial reporting loss position based on a cumulative pre-tax loss for the three-year period ended March 31, 2024, the determination of the valuation allowance is based on our evaluation of the periods over which future taxable items are expected to be utilized to offset tax loss and deduction carryforward items in those future periods. That is, future forecasts of our taxable income are not considered in the evaluation of realizability of our deferred tax assets. Therefore, changes in our deferred tax asset valuation allowances will primarily be affected by changes in the estimates of the time periods over which those future taxable items will occur. At March 31, 2024, there was no deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company calculates the fair value of its assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different than the carrying value of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and loan payable approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of lease liability also approximates fair value since the instrument bears market rates of interest. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes. 

Warrants

The Company determines the accounting classification of warrants it issues as either liability or equity classified by first assessing whether the warrants meet liability classification in accordance with ASC 480-10, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“ASC 480”), then in accordance with ASC 815-40 (“ASC 815”), Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Under ASC 480, warrants are considered liability classified if the warrants are mandatorily redeemable, obligate the Company to settle the warrants or the underlying shares by paying cash or other assets, or warrants that must or may require settlement by issuing variable number of shares. If warrants do not meet liability classification under ASC 480, the Company assesses the requirements under ASC 815, which states that contracts that require or may require the issuer to settle the contract for cash are liabilities recorded at fair value, irrespective of the likelihood of the transaction occurring that triggers the net cash settlement feature. If the warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815, and in order to conclude equity classification, the Company also assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its Common Stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815 or other applicable GAAP. After all relevant assessments, the Company concludes whether the warrants are classified as liability or equity. Liability classified warrants require fair value accounting at issuance and subsequent to initial issuance with all changes in fair value after the issuance date recorded in the statements of operations. Equity classified warrants only require fair value accounting at issuance with no changes recognized subsequent to the issuance date.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Accounting for convertible or redeemable equity instruments in the Company’s own equity requires an evaluation of the hybrid security to determine if liability classification is required under ASC 480-10. Liability classification is required for freestanding financial instruments that are not debt in legal form and are: (1) subject to an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem the instrument by transferring assets (i.e. mandatorily redeemable), (2) instruments other than equity shares that embody an obligation of the issuer to repurchase its equity shares, or (3) certain types of instruments that obligate the issuer to issue a variable number of equity shares. Securities that do not meet the scoping criteria to be classified as a liability under ASC 480 are subject to redeemable equity guidance, which prescribes securities that may be subject to redemption upon an event not solely within the control of the issuer to be classified outside permanent equity (i.e., classified in temporary equity). Securities classified in temporary equity are initially measured at the proceeds received, net of issuance costs and excluding the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives (if any). Subsequent measurement of the carrying value is not required unless the instrument is probable of becoming redeemable or is currently redeemable. When the instruments are currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the then current maximum redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

35

Convertible Notes – Event of Default

On December 12, 2023, the Company, through its predecessor EFHT, issued a Senior Secured Convertible Note with an aggregate principal amount equal to $15,819,209 to Defender SPV LLC (the “Convertible Note”), pursuant to the previously disclosed Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 6, 2023. Certain events of default under the Convertible Note have occurred based on the following: the Company’s failure to have its resale registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the SEC within sixty (60) days of December 12, 2023, the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2023 were required to be restated, the Company did not file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Form 10-K”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-K, and the Company did not file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarterly period ended March 31, 2024 (the “Form 10-Q”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-Q. The Convertible Note provides for certain remedies based upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Company has spoken with the lender under the Convertible Note and plans to attempt to negotiate and enter into a default waiver agreement with the lender. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to negotiate a waiver agreement with the lender. If the lender seeks to enforce its remedies under the Convertible Note and the lender is successful in obtaining such remedies, then such event could have a material negative effect on the business and finances of the Company.

Preferred Stock – Event of Default

Defender SPV LLC is the holder of 25,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Certain events of default under the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have occurred based on the following: the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2023 were required to be restated, the Company did not file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Form 10-K”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-K, and the Company did not file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarterly period ended March 31, 2024 (the “Form 10-Q”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-Q. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock provides for certain remedies based upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Company has spoken with the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and plans to attempt to negotiate and enter into a default waiver agreement with the holder. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to negotiate a waiver agreement with the holder. If the holder seeks to enforce its remedies under the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the holder is successful in obtaining such remedies, then such event could have a material negative effect on the business and finances of the Company.

Commitments and Contingencies

On February 13, 2024, we entered into a one-year investor relations consulting agreement (the “MZ Agreement”) with MZHCI, LLC, a MZ Group Company (“MZHCI”), for the purposes of developing, implementing and maintaining an ongoing stock market support system for the Company with the general objective of expanding awareness in the Company. In connection with the MZ Agreement, we have committed to pay $14,500 per month for the first four months of service and $12,500 per month thereafter. We also agreed to issue 100,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to MZHCI. All shares of Company restricted Company common stock issued to MZHCI will be subject to a 12-month lock up from the time of issuance. The MZ Agreement also provides for incentive shares as follows:

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the MZ Agreement, investors hold 2.5 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the MZ Agreement, investors hold 5.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the MZ Agreement, investors hold 10.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within nine (9) months of the Effective Date of the MZ Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $1.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to MZHCI within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

● If within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of the MZ Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $3.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to MZHCI on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Effective Date. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

The foregoing description of the MZ Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the MZ Agreement, which is attached hereto respectively as Exhibit 10.7.

As of March 31, 2024, we paid $29,000 to MZHCI pursuant to the MZ Agreement. On May 9, 2024, the we issued 100,000 shares of common stock to MZHCI pursuant to the MZ Agreement.

On June 11, 2024, the Company entered into a marketing services agreement with Outside The Box Capital Inc. (“OTBC”) commencing on June 12, 2024 and terminating on December 12, 2024 (the “MS Agreement”). As compensation for OTBC services rendered under the MS Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to OTBC, valued at $100,000, based on the closing stock price on June 12, 2024.

36

The foregoing description of the MS Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the MS Agreement, which is attached hereto respectively as Exhibit 10.8.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2024. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective, due solely to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, including the application of accounting policies for revenue recognition and inventory and technical accounting areas. As a result, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.

Management intends to implement remediation steps to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we intend to expand and improve our review process for complex transactions. We plan to further improve this process by enhancing access to accounting literature, identification of third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications, and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except as noted above, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period from January 1, 2024 through March 31, 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

37

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained. In addition, regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us, which may be material because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors.

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, future prospects, and the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. The risks and uncertainties described therein are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we currently deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business.

You should carefully read and consider such risks, together with all of the other information in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (including the disclosures in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes), and in the other documents that we file with the SEC.

There have been no material changes from the risk factors previously disclosed under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

(a) During the quarter ended March 31, 2024, there were no unregistered sales of our securities that were not reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

(b) Not applicable.

(c) None. 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

None.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable. 

Item 5. Other Information.

None

38

Item 6. Exhibits. 

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

No.	Description of Exhibit
2.1	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 3, 2024, by and between ECD Automotive Design Inc., BNMC Continuation Cars LLC and David W. Miller II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2024).
2.2	Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 4, 2024, by and between ECD Automotive Design Inc., BNMC Continuation Cars LLC and David W. Miller II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2024).
10.1	IP Assignment Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between BNMC Continuation Cars LLC and David W. Miller II, as assignors, and ECD Automotive Design, Inc., as assignee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2024).
10.2	Trademark License Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD Automotive Design, Inc., as licensor and BNMC Continuation Cars LLC and David W. Miller II, as licensees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2024).
10.3	Consulting Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD Automotive Design, Inc., as the company and BNMC Films LLC, as the contractor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2024).
10.4*	Business Loan Agreement, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco.
10.5*	Commercial Security Agreement, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco.
10.6*	Promissory Note in the amount of $1,500,000, dated May 15, 2024, between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and First National Bank of Pasco.
10.7*	Investor Relations Consulting Agreement, dated February 13, 2024, among MZHCI, LLC and ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
10.8*	Marketing Services Agreement, dated June 11, 2024 among Outside The Box Capital Inc. and ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
31.1*	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2**	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS*	Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*	Inline XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*	Filed herewith.
**	Furnished herewith.

39

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: June 27, 2024
	ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
	/s/ Scott Wallace
	Name:	Scott Wallace
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)
	/s/ Raymond Cole
	Name:	Raymond Cole
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
/s/ Scott Wallace	Chief Executive Officer and Director	June 27, 2024
Scott Wallace	(principal executive officer)
/s/ Raymond Cole	Chief Financial Officer	June 27, 2024
Raymond Cole	(principal financial and accounting officer)
/s/ Emily Humble	Chief Product Officer and Director	June 27, 2024
Emily Humble
/s/ Thomas Humble	Chief Experience Officer and Director	June 27, 2024
Thomas Humble
/s/ Patrick Lavelle	Director	June 27, 2024
Patrick Lavelle
/s/ Robert Machinist	Director	June 27, 2024
Robert Machinist
/s/ Benjamin Piggott	Director	June 27, 2024
Benjamin Piggott
/s/ Thomas Wood	Director	June 27, 2024
Thomas Wood

40

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

Borrower: ECD Automotive Design, Inc. 4930 Industrial Lane Kissimmee, FL 34758 Lender: First National Bank of Pasco Dade City 13315 U.S. Hwy 301 Dade City, FL 33525

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated May 15, 2024, is made and executed between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (“Borrower”) and First National Bank of Pasco (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of May 15, 2024, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

LINE OF CREDIT. The Indebtedness includes a revolving line of credit.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

Advance Requirements . Each Advance under this facility will be limited to the financing of purchases/buybacks of ECD-produced titled vehicles at the lessor of 80% of the buyback price or 85% of wholesale third-party market value (book value) as to be determined. Each advance will have a $500.00 fee.

Request for each Advance is to be evidenced by: (1) a copy of the purchase order or bill of sale from the consumer and/or copy of the book value, along with; (2) photos of the vehicle’s exterior and interior views, VIN, and motor. (3) copy of the vehicle title; (4:) Bank to also receive a copy of Florida Department of Motor Vehicles recorded lien on the vehicle’s title within 10 calendar days of the transaction.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in the State of Florida and all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 4930 Industrial Lane, Kissimmee, FL 34758. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 2

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

Collateral (Vehicle) Releases. Each advance per vehicle will require 100% full repayment of principal plus accrued interest prior to the Lender satisfying its Lien on the vehicle’s Title.

At no time will the vehicles taken as collateral be allowed to undergo extensive rebuilds or modifications by ECD, excluding detailing and minor cosmetic restorations, repairs, or upgrades. If a new buyer requires extensive modifications of a collateral vehicle, then the Borrower shall immediately payoff the vehicle as the Lender prohibits dismantling or nonfunctional vehicles under this facility.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 3

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, or an OCBOA acceptable to Lender, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

Additional Requirements. Quarterly Financials. Quarterly company prepared financial statements, along with Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable aging reports, due 45 days following quarter end.

Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio. A minimum annual Debt Service Coverage Ratio of 1.20x (NOI/Debt Service) shall be maintained. This requirement shall be measured on an annual basis in conjunction with submittal of the Borrower’s annual financial statements to Lender for it Annual review and reaffirmation.

Vehicle Inventory. A used auto inventory report shall be submitted quarterly and/or upon request of Bank.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or an OCBOA acceptable to Lender, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Additional Requirements. If available, Inventory shall be Lo-Jacked and access provided to Lender upon its demand for monitoring.

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP or an OCBOA acceptable to Lender.

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 4

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

DEFAULT. Default will occur if payment of the Indebtedness in full is not made immediately upon demand.

EFFECT OF DEFAULT. Upon Default, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 5

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of Florida.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Pasco County, State of Florida.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 6

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Waive Jury. All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

Account Relationship. Borrower shall establish and maintain with Lender throughout the duration of the Loan, an operating account of the Borrower. This account is to be established prior to loan closing. Bank agrees to work with Borrower on any DACA requirements.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 7

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means First National Bank of Pasco, its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note dated May 15, 2024 and executed by ECD Automotive Design, Inc. in the principal amount of $1,500,000.00, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

OCBOA. The term “OCBOA” means Other Comprehensive Basis of Accounting, as designated by Lender in writing as an acceptable alternative to GAAP.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Loan No: 750031201 BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 8

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED MAY 15, 2024.

BORROWER:
ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC.
By:	/s/ Raymond C. Cole
	Raymond C. Cole,
	Chief Financial Officer of ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
LENDER:
FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF PASCO
By:	/s/ Michael M. Mashke
	Michael M. Mashke,
	Sr. Executive Vice President/Chief Revenue Officer

LaserPro, Ver. 23.4.10.021 Copr. Finastra USA Corporation 1997, 2024. All Rights Reserved. - FL C:\CFI\LPL\C40.FC TR-27358 PR-26

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

Principal $1,500,000.00	Loan Date 05-15-2024	Maturity On Demand	Loan No 750031201	Call / Coll RC-C 4a / 06	Account	Officer ***	Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

Grantor:	ECD Automotive Design, Inc.	Lender:	First National Bank of Pasco
	4930 Industrial Lane		Dade City
	Kissimmee, FL 34758		13315 U.S. Hwy 301
			Dade City, FL 33525

THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated May 15, 2024, is made and executed between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (“Grantor”) and First National Bank of Pasco (“Lender”).

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, Grantor grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION. The word “Collateral” as used in this Agreement means the following described property in which Grantor is giving to Lender a security interest for the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of all other obligations under the Note and this Agreement:

First title liens on inventory (used ECD-produced vehicles) advanced under this facility, registered with the Florida Department of Motor Vehicles, as evidenced by Title Lien Receipts.

In addition, the word “Collateral” also includes all the following:

(A) All accessions, attachments, accessories, replacements of and additions to any of the collateral described herein, whether added now or later.

(B) All products and produce of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(C) All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies, payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, consignment or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(D) All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale, destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section, and sums due from a third party who has damaged or destroyed the Collateral or from that party’s insurer, whether due to judgment, settlement or other process.

(E) All records and data relating to any of the property described in this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or data on electronic media.

FUTURE ADVANCES. In addition to the Note, this Agreement secures all future advances made by Lender to Grantor regardless of whether the advances are made a) pursuant to a commitment or b) for the same purposes.

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Grantor’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Grantor holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Grantor may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Grantor authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 2

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL. With respect to the Collateral, Grantor represents and promises to Lender that:

Perfection of Security Interest. Grantor agrees to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender. This is a continuing Security Agreement and will continue in effect even though all or any part of the Indebtedness is paid in full and even though for a period of time Grantor may not be indebted to Lender.

Notices to Lender. Grantor will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (1) change in Grantor’s name; (2) change in Grantor’s assumed business name(s); (3) change in the management of the Corporation Grantor; (4) change in the authorized signer(s); (5) change in Grantor’s principal office address; (6) change in Grantor’s state of organization; (7) conversion of Grantor to a new or different type of business entity; or (8) change in any other aspect of Grantor that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between Grantor and Lender. No change in Grantor’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

Enforceability of Collateral. To the extent the Collateral consists of accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, the Collateral is enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and fully complies with all applicable laws and regulations concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on the Collateral. There shall be no setoffs or counterclaims against any of the Collateral, and no agreement shall have been made under which any deductions or discounts may be claimed concerning the Collateral except those disclosed to Lender in writing.

Location of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor agrees to keep the Collateral at Grantor’s address shown above or at such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Upon Lender’s request, Grantor will deliver to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and Collateral locations relating to Grantor’s operations, including without limitation the following: (1) all real property Grantor owns or is purchasing; (2) all real property Grantor is renting or leasing; (3) all storage facilities Grantor owns, rents, leases, or uses; and (4) all other properties where Collateral is or may be located.

Removal of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor shall not remove the Collateral from its existing location without Lender’s prior written consent. To the extent that the Collateral consists of vehicles, or other titled property, Grantor shall not take or permit any action which would require application for certificates of title for the vehicles outside the State of Florida, without Lender’s prior written consent. Grantor shall, whenever requested, advise Lender of the exact location of the Collateral.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 3

Transactions Involving Collateral. Except for inventory sold or accounts collected in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, Grantor shall not sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral. Grantor shall not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon receipt, Grantor shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.

Title. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that Grantor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement. No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to which Lender has specifically consented. Grantor shall defend Lender’s rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons.

Repairs and Maintenance. Grantor agrees to keep and maintain, and to cause others to keep and maintain, the Collateral in good order, repair and condition at all times while this Agreement remains in effect. Grantor further agrees to pay when due all claims for work done on, or services rendered or material furnished in connection with the Collateral so that no lien or encumbrance may ever attach to or be filed against the Collateral.

Inspection of Collateral. Lender and Lender’s designated representatives and agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to examine and inspect the Collateral wherever located.

Taxes, Assessments and Liens. Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness, or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized in Lender’s sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus any interest, costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees or other charges that could accrue as a result of foreclosure or sale of the Collateral. In any contest Grantor shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the Collateral. Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings. Grantor further agrees to furnish Lender with evidence that such taxes, assessments, and governmental and other charges have been paid in full and in a timely manner. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Grantor shall comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, production, disposition, or use of the Collateral, including all laws or regulations relating to the undue erosion of highly-erodible land or relating to the conversion of wetlands for the production of an agricultural product or commodity. Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral, in Lender’s opinion, is not jeopardized.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 4

Hazardous Substances. Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used in violation of any Environmental Laws or for the generation, manufacture, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Grantor’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for Hazardous Substances. Grantor hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any Environmental Laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement. This obligation to indemnify and defend shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of this Agreement.

Maintenance of Casualty Insurance. Grantor shall procure and maintain all risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Lender and not including any disclaimer of the insurer’s liability for failure to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest, Grantor will provide Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require. If Grantor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any insurance as required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if Lender so chooses “single interest insurance,” which will cover only Lender’s interest in the Collateral.

Application of Insurance Proceeds. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of any loss or damage to the Collateral, whether or not such casualty or loss is covered by insurance. Lender may make proof of loss if Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration. If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral, Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

Insurance Reserves. Lender may require Grantor to maintain with Lender reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created by monthly payments from Grantor of a sum estimated by Lender to be sufficient to produce, at least fifteen (15) days before the premium due date, amounts at least equal to the insurance premiums to be paid. If fifteen (15) days before payment is due, the reserve funds are insufficient, Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender. The reserve funds shall be held by Lender as a general deposit and shall constitute a non-interest-bearing account which Lender may satisfy by payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor as they become due. Lender does not hold the reserve funds in trust for Grantor, and Lender is not the agent of Grantor for payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment of premiums shall remain Grantor’s sole responsibility.

Insurance Reports. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as Lender may reasonably request including the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the property insured; (5) the then current value on the basis of which insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 5

Financing Statements. Grantor authorizes Lender to file a UCC financing statement, or alternatively, a copy of this Agreement to perfect Lender’s security interest. At Lender’s request, Grantor additionally agrees to sign all other documents that are necessary to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s security interest in the Property. Grantor will pay all filing fees, title transfer fees, and other fees and costs involved unless prohibited by law or unless Lender is required by law to pay such fees and costs. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender to execute documents necessary to transfer title if there is a default. Lender may file a copy of this Agreement as a financing statement.

GRANTOR’S RIGHT TO POSSESSION. Until default, Grantor may have possession of the tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, provided that Grantor’s right to possession and beneficial use shall not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is required by law to perfect Lender’s security interest in such Collateral. If Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

DEFAULT. Default will occur if payment of the Indebtedness in full is not made immediately upon demand.

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured party under the Florida Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

Accelerate Indebtedness. Lender may declare the entire Indebtedness, including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay, immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

Assemble Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after repossession.

Sell the Collateral. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in Lender’s own name or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give Grantor, and other persons as required by law, reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale, or the time after which any private sale or any other disposition of the Collateral is to be made. However, no notice need be provided to any person who, after Event of Default occurs, enters into and authenticates an agreement waiving that person’s right to notification of sale. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral, shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until repaid.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 6

Appoint Receiver. In the event of a suit being instituted to foreclose this Agreement, Lender shall be entitled to apply at any time pending such foreclosure suit to the court having jurisdiction thereof for the appointment of a receiver of any or all of the Collateral, and of all rents, incomes, profits, issues and revenues thereof, from whatsoever source. The parties agree that the court shall forthwith appoint such receiver with the usual powers and duties of receivers in like cases. Such appointment shall be made by the court as a matter of strict right to Lender and without notice to Grantor, and without reference to the adequacy or inadequacy of the value of the Collateral, or to Grantor’s solvency or any other party defendant to such suit. Grantor hereby specifically waives the right to object to the appointment of a receiver and agrees that such appointment shall be made as an admitted equity and as a matter of absolute right to Lender, and consents to the appointment of any officer or employee of Lender as receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to protect and preserve the Collateral, to operate the Collateral preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the rents from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Collateral exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

Collect Revenues, Apply Accounts. Lender, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. Lender may at any time in Lender’s discretion transfer any Collateral into Lender’s own name or that of Lender’s nominee and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

Obtain Deficiency. If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral, Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.

Other Rights and Remedies. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

Election of Remedies. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Related Documents, or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 7

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of Florida.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Pasco County, State of Florida.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

Power of Attorney. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect, amend, or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement or to demand termination of filings of other secured parties. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor, file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement. Grantor will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations, warranties, and agreements made by Grantor in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Grantor’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Waive Jury. All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 8

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Security Agreement, as this Commercial Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Agreement.

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means ECD Automotive Design, Inc..

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents. Specifically, without limitation, Indebtedness includes the future advances set forth in the Future Advances provision of this Agreement together with all interest thereon.

Lender. The word “Lender” means First National Bank of Pasco, its successors and assigns.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note dated May 15, 2024 and executed by ECD Automotive Design, Inc. in the principal amount of $1,500,000.00, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Collateral Description” section of this Agreement.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

Loan No: 750031201 COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (Continued)  Page 9

GRANTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED MAY 15, 2024.

GRANTOR:
ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC.
By:	/s/ Raymond C. Cole
	Raymond C. Cole,
	Chief Financial Officer of ECD Automotive Design, Inc.

LaserPro, Ver. 23.4.10.021 Copr. Finastra USA Corporation 1997, 2024. All Rights Reserved. - FL C:\CFI\LPL\E40.FC TR-27358 PR-26

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

PROMISSORY NOTE

Principal $1,500,000.00	Loan Date 05-15-2024	Maturity On Demand	Loan No 750031201	Call / Coll RC-C 4a / 06	Account	Officer ***	Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

Borrower:	ECD Automotive Design, Inc.	Lender:	First National Bank of Pasco
	4930 Industrial Lane		Dade City
	Kissimmee, FL 34758		13315 U.S. Hwy 301
			Dade City, FL 33525

Principal Amount: $1,500,000.00 Date of Note: May 15, 2024

PROMISE TO PAY. ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to First National Bank of Pasco (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, on demand, the principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in full immediately upon Lender’s demand. Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning June 15, 2024, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest as shown on the most recent statement or bill provided to Borrower (if no statement or bill has been provided for any reason, it shall be applied to the unpaid interest accrued since the last payment); then to principal; then to any escrow or reserve account payments as required under any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security instrument or security agreement securing this Note; and then to any late charges.

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT TERMS. Principal paydowns on the Line of Credit are anticipated on a “pay as sold” basis from the sale of vehicles advanced from the Facility. Used vehicle inventory is anticipated to turn every (60) sixty to (90) ninety days, therefore vehicles not sold after four months in inventory will require a 10% curtailment monthly starting on the fifth month from the time of Advance.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Wall Street Journal Published Prime Lending Rate (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each time the index changes. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 2.500 percentage points over the Index (the “Margin”). If Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that the Index has become unavailable or unreliable, either temporarily, indefinitely, or permanently, during the term of this Note, Lender may amend this Note by designating a substantially similar substitute index. Lender may also amend and adjust the Margin to accompany the substitute index. The change to the Margin may be a positive or negative value, or zero. In making these amendments, Lender may take into consideration any then-prevailing market convention for selecting a substitute index and margin for the specific Index that is unavailable or unreliable. Such an amendment to the terms of this Note will become effective and bind Borrower 10 business days after Lender gives written notice to Borrower without any action or consent of the Borrower. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the effective rate of interest on this Note be more than (except for any higher default rate shown below) the lesser of 18.000% per annum or the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method. This calculation method results in a higher effective interest rate than the numeric interest rate stated in this Note.

INTEREST RATE CONCESSIONS. (A) If Borrower maintains a combined depository account relationship with Bank of at least $4 million dollars, as measured by year-to-date average balances, the RLOC interest rate will be reduced by fifty basis points (0.50%) upon the Account Officer’s review and approval. (B) In the event the deposit relationship falls below $1 million, as measured by year-to-date average balances, the interest rate may be increased by one hundred basis points (1.00%). Account Officer to review deposit relationship every six (6) months, or as requested by Borrower.

RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS. All payments must be made in U.S. dollars and must be received by Lender at:

First National Bank of Pasco

13315 US Highway 301

Dade City, FL 33525

All payments must be received by Lender consistent with any written payment instructions provided by Lender. 

Loan No: 750031201 PROMISSORY NOTE
(Continued) Page 2

PREPAYMENT. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: First National Bank of Pasco, Dade City, 13315 U.S. Hwy 301, Dade City, FL 33525.

LATE CHARGE. If a regularly scheduled interest payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the regularly scheduled payment. If Lender demands payment of this loan, and Borrower does not pay the loan in full within 10 days after Lender’s demand, Borrower also will be charged 5.000% of the sum of the unpaid principal plus accrued unpaid interest.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, including failure to pay upon final maturity, the interest rate on this Note shall be increased to 18.000%. However, in no event will the interest rate exceed the maximum interest rate limitations under applicable law.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender the amount of these costs and expenses, which includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. If not prohibited by applicable law, Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of Florida.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Pasco County, State of Florida.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $34.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instrument listed herein:

(A) a Commercial Security Agreement dated May 15, 2024 made and executed between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and Lender on collateral described as titled collateral.

LINE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under this Note, as well as directions for payment from Borrower’s accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by Borrower or by an authorized person. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by Lender’s internal records, including daily computer print-outs.

Loan No: 750031201 PROMISSORY NOTE
(Continued) Page 3

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

NOTIFY US OF INACCURATE INFORMATION WE REPORT TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES. Borrower may notify Lender if Lender reports any inaccurate information about Borrower’s account(s) to a consumer reporting agency. Borrower’s written notice describing the specific inaccuracy(ies) should be sent to Lender at the following address: First National Bank of Pasco 13315 US 301 Dade City, FL 33525.

ADVANCE REQUIREMENTS . Each Advance under this facility will be limited to the financing of purchases/buybacks of ECD-produced titled vehicles at the lessor of 80% of the buyback price or 85% of wholesale third-party market value (book value) as to be determined. Each advance will have a $500.00 fee.

Request for each Advance is to be evidenced by: (1) a copy of the purchase order or bill of sale from the consumer and/or copy of the book value, along with; (2) photos of the vehicle’s exterior and interior views, VIN, and motor. (3) copy of the vehicle title; (4:) Bank to also receive a copy of Florida Department of Motor Vehicles recorded lien on the vehicle’s title within 10 calendar days of the transaction.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. This Note is payable on demand. The inclusion of specific default provisions or rights of Lender shall not preclude Lender’s right to declare payment of this Note on its demand. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Borrower does not agree or intend to pay, and Lender does not agree or intend to contract for, charge, collect, take, reserve or receive (collectively referred to herein as “charge or collect”), any amount in the nature of interest or in the nature of a fee for this loan, which would in any way or event (including demand, prepayment, or acceleration) cause Lender to charge or collect more for this loan than the maximum Lender would be permitted to charge or collect by federal law or the law of the State of Florida (as applicable). Any such excess interest or unauthorized fee shall, instead of anything stated to the contrary, be applied first to reduce the principal balance of this loan, and when the principal has been paid in full, be refunded to Borrower. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

Loan No: 750031201 PROMISSORY NOTE
(Continued) Page 4

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC.
By:	/s/ Raymond C. Cole
	Raymond C. Cole,
	Chief Financial Officer of ECD Automotive Design, Inc.

LaserPro, Ver. 23.4.10.021 Copr. Finastra USA Corporation 1997, 2024. All Rights Reserved. - FL C:\CFI\LPL\D20.FC TR-27358 PR-26

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

New York  ●  Chicago  ●  San Diego  ●  Aliso Viejo  ●  Austin  ●  Minneapolis  ●  Taipei  ●  São Paulo

www.mzgroup.us

INVESTOR RELATIONS CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made this 13th day of February 2024 by and between ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Company” or “ECDA”) and MZHCI, LLC, a MZ Group Company (hereinafter referred collectively as the “Consultant” or “MZHCI”).

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT

The Consultant affirms that it has successfully demonstrated financial and public relations consulting expertise, and possesses valuable knowledge, and experience in the areas of business finance and corporate investor/public relations. The Company believes that the Consultant’s knowledge, expertise, and experience would benefit the Company, and the Company desires to retain the Consultant to perform consulting services for the Company under this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual Agreements and covenants contained herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in further consideration of the affixation by the parties of their respective signatures below, the parties agree as follows:

CONSULTING SERVICES

1.1 MZHCI agrees that commencing on the 15th day of February 2024, the Consultant will reasonably be available during regular business hours to advise, counsel, and inform designated officers and employees of the Company as it relates to financial markets and exchanges, competitors, business acquisitions and other aspects of or concerning the Company’s business about which MZHCI has knowledge or expertise.

1.2 MZHCI shall render services to the Company as an independent contractor, and not as an employee. All services rendered by MZHCI on behalf of the Company shall be performed to the best of MZHCI’s ability in concert with the overall business plan of the Company and the goals and objectives of the Company’s management and Board of Directors, including articulating ECDA’s investment story and highlights; building and maintaining relationships with supporters of the stock, including institutional investors and sell-side analysts; increasing the Company participation in investment conferences; achieving a fair market value for the Company’s stock; and significantly increasing the Company’s exposure in the financial market.

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 1 of 8

I. Scope Of Services, Programs And Deliverables

MZHCI will develop, implement, and maintain an ongoing stock market support system for ECDA with the general objective of expanding awareness in ECDA among stockbrokers, analysts, small-cap portfolio/fund managers, market makers, and the appropriate financial & trade publications.

INVESTOR RELATONS

A. Complete IR Audit (including full review of the investor and shareholder database, IR website and all public documentation)

B. Understand the financials and all operating metrics of ECDA in detail, facilitating interactions with new and current investors.

C. Senior Account Manager and single point of contact for all investors and streamlining of all communication through Companies IR webpage and “Contact Us” email address.

D. Develop and Update FAQ

E. Create 2-Page Corporate Profile

F. PowerPoint Presentation Updates

G. Review and provide suggestions for IR website

H. Quarterly Conference Call Script and Preparation

I. Press Release Input and Dissemination

J. Facilitate incoming and outgoing investor/shareholder calls. Screen all parties before allowing communication with management.

K. Shareholder Database Management

L. Roadshow Management Coaching

M. Roadshows with Detailed Follow-Up

N. Targeted Sell-Side Research and Financial Media Introductions

O. Investor Conference Invites

INVESTMENT AWARENESS AND OUTREACH

A. Consultant will make introductions to investors worldwide utilizing a proprietary, robust database:

i. Equity Brokers

ii. Analysts (both generalists and industry specialists)

iii. Portfolio Managers/Institutions

iv. High Net Worth Investors & Family Offices

v. Financial Publication

FINANCIAL MEDIA RELATIONS

Targeted media relations offer an important segment to the corporate story. MZHCI will target media opportunities that highlight ECDA’s strategy, growth objectives, board of directors, developments and milestones related to its business. Services include:

A. Targeted media programs

B. Strategic counsel

C. Release drafts and media targets

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 2 of 8

D. Q&A to support significant corporate developments

E. Feedback after interviews

Business & Financial Media – MZHCI will identify the optimal news, corporate, and industry trends that will provide angles in the business/financial media and then actively pursue those opportunities with the appropriate reporter(s).

INVESTOR RELATIONS WEBSITE DESIGN AND HOSTING

With more than 2,100 websites designed worldwide, MZ is a leader in corporate and investor relations technology solutions. MZ client websites are designed to be secure, informative and intelligent using benchmark practices based on the latest technology and trends.

MZ will consult the Company on current IR webpage and recommend best practices and changes on an ongoing basis. The Company may, in the future, choose to have MZ design, develop and host a custom-made corporate website according to ECDA’s needs using the latest technologies, responsive for mobile access and developed using the best practices and market trends. MZ will also ensure company information including; press releases, presentations and any other pertinent public information are current, accurate and available on the site.

MZ Hosted Website features include:

A. Hosting infrastructure with Amazon AWS data center hosting in the United States. This gives MZ websites the best uptime and fastest page-load times in the business

B. Fully responsive layout structure with customization of logo, content, map, images and color, following the Brand Identity Manual

C. Top-tier security with https

D. Initial SEO preparation and URL customization

E. GDPR Compliance – MZ is committed to the General Data Protection Regulation and protecting Personally Identifiable Information. In additional to the GDPR compliance, our policies and procedures follow the rigorous controls set out in ISO 27001:2013

F. Automated Feed for regulatory filings and press releases, as needed

G. Easy to manage CMS for full autonomy

H. 24x7 support team to provide our clients with an outstanding customer experience

PUBLIC MARKET INSIGHT

MZHCI will counsel and educate the Company’s senior management on the life cycle of the financial markets and most importantly how the Company is impacted directly and indirectly by different variables. The Team at MZHCI leverages its collective expertise on all aspects of strategic financial, corporate, and crisis communications gained through representing over 200 public companies. MZHCI will help the Company set and manage expectations while relaying valuation metrics, perceptions, and methodologies utilized by investment professionals. This consulting aspect of MZHCI’s business is extremely valuable for management to optimize key opportunities and to avoid pitfalls.

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 3 of 8

As part of its ongoing commitment and partnership with the Company, MZHCI will educate the Company’s senior management on the importance of establishing conservative expectations and how various corporate actions may be perceived and impact the public market.

ONGOING – These services will be provided ongoing with a summary included in each semi-annual update

A. Respond to all investor requests and calls in a timely manner to facilitate the distribution of corporate information. Focus on educating shareholders, with the premise that an informed investor will become a longer-term investor.

B. Continually update the database to ensure that all press releases are e-mailed to all interested professionals. This includes the input of notes to keep track of all investor correspondence and reminder calls to all investor prior to earnings conference calls.

C. Provide consulting services to ECDA management on the public markets.

D. Provide progress reports to senior management and evaluate achievements with a summary of activities and a detailed report every six months.

Many of the above items will occur simultaneously but certain items will have chronological priority over others. As ECDA grows, MZHCI will recommend changes to the agenda that complement its growth. As the Company continues to execute its strategic plan by winning new customers and expanding its base of business, MZHCI will target an expanded universe of institutional investors. At each stage of growth, the appropriate approach to the market will be incorporated into the agenda for optimal results.

Assuming that management’s efforts are leading ultimately to success and great profitability, the end results of this financial communication and awareness campaign should be:

A. An increase in the number of financial professionals (including brokers, institutions, and analysts) and individual investors well educated and knowledgeable about ECDA: including senior management, the company’s products, and its current financial condition & growth opportunities.

B. An increase in the number of articles printed in both trade and financial publications.

C. An increase in the liquidity of the common stock.

D. An increase in ECDA market capitalization coupled with a broader, more diverse shareholder base.

E. Suitable and better access to the capital markets, which will facilitate future acquisitions and working capital needs.

II. Term

This agreement becomes effective upon execution and shall remain effective for a period of twelve (12) months. After six (6) months, either party may terminate this agreement by delivering a sixty (60) day written notice. After the initial twelve (12) month term, this agreement can be renewed by mutual agreement every twelve (12) months thereafter unless either party to the other delivers sixty (60) days written notice of termination prior to the end of the then-current term.

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 4 of 8

III. Compensation

	$14,500 USD per month for the first four (4) months of service, and $12,500 USD per month thereafter. The first month's payment is due immediately and all subsequent payments are due within five (5) days of each month of service.
Cash
	At each twelve (12) anniversary of this Agreement, a 5% COLA (Cost of Living Adjustment) increase will be applied to the cash fee.
	The Company will issue MZHCI 100,000 shares of restricted ECDA common stock within ten (10) days of the signing of the Agreement. Additionally, the Company will issue MZHCI Incentive Shares as per the table below. All shares shall be deemed earned, fully paid, and non-forfeitable pursuant to the terms hereof (without delay) the Company shall post on EDGAR a Form 8-K, 10-Q or 10-K, or other acceptable SEC filing, reporting on its entry into an Agreement with MZHCI within three (3) months. All shares of restricted ECDA restricted common stock will be subject to a 12-month lock up from the time of issuance.
	Incentive Shares:
	●	If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of this agreement, investors hold 2.5 million or more shares of ECDA common stock as a result of MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted ECDA common stock to MZHCI within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.
	●	If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of this agreement, investors hold 5.0 million or more shares of ECDA common stock as a result of an MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted ECDA common stock to MZHCI within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.
	●	If within nine (9) months of the Effective Date of this agreement, investors hold 10.0 million or more shares of ECDA common stock as a result of an MZHCI introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted ECDA common stock to MZHCI on the nine (9) month anniversary of the Effective Date.
Equities	●	If within nine (9) months of the Effective Date of this agreement, the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of ECDA common stock equals or exceeds $1.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted common stock to MZHCI within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.
	●	If within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of this agreement, the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of ECDA common stock equals or exceeds $3.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted common stock to MZHCI on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Effective Date. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.
	For avoidance of doubt, the Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) shall be calculated as follows: VWAP = the 10-day sum of ECDA common stock closing price x volume/sum of volume of ECDA common stock over the same 10 day period.
	Required language: On February 15, 2024, ECD Automotive Design, Inc. entered into an investor relations consulting agreement with MZHCI, LLC.
Expense Reimbursement	Only expenses that would ordinarily be incurred by the Company will be billed back on a monthly basis. Applicable reimbursements would include creation, printing, and postage for investor packages, fees for news wire services. Any packages requiring additional photocopying/ printing will be billed back to the Company at cost (with no mark-up). Any extraordinary items, such as broker lunch presentations, air travel, hotel, ground transportation or media campaigns, etc. shall be paid by the Company, with prior written approval. In any given month, if expenses exceed $1,000 in aggregate, MZHCI will be required to obtain ECDA’s prior written approval.

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 5 of 8

IV. Prior Restriction

MZHCI represents to the Company that it is not subject to, or bound by, any Agreement which sets forth or contains any provision, the existence or enforcement of which would in any way restrict or hinder MZHCI from performing the services on behalf of the Company that MZHCI is herein agreeing to perform. It is known and understood that ECDA, as of February 1, 2024 has an agreement in place with a different IR firm. ECDA will be terminating that agreement on March 31, 2024, and MZCHI agrees to work in tandem, as a ramp up period, during the time of the effective date of this agreement and the termination of the 3^rd party IR agreement.

V. Assignment

This Agreement is personal to MZHCI and may not be assigned in any way by MZHCI without the prior written consent of the Company. Subject to the foregoing, the rights and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the heirs, legatees, successors, and permitted assigns of MZHCI and upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

VI. Confidentiality

Except as required by law or court order, MZHCI will keep confidential any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information of the Company which are now known to MZHCI or which hereinafter may become known to MZHCI and MZHCI shall not at any time directly or indirectly disclose or permit to be disclosed any such information to any person, firm, or corporation or other entity, or use the same in any way other than in connection with the business of the Company and in any case only with prior written permission of ECDA. For purposes of this Agreement, “trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information” includes information unique to or about the Company including but not limited to its business and that is not known or generally available to the public. It is understood and agreed that MZHCI’s obligations pursuant to this section survive the termination of this Agreement.

VII. Default

1. Except for a claim or controversy arising under Section VII of this Agreement, any claim or controversy arising under any of the provisions of this Agreement shall, at the election of either party hereto, be determined by arbitration in California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses in any such arbitration. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement of all fees incurred, including attorney, filing, travel, and anything associated with the arbitration.

2. In the event MZHCI commits any material breach of any provision of this Agreement, as determined by the Company in good faith, the Company may, by injunctive action, compel MZHCI to comply with, or restrain MZHCI from violating, such provision, and, in addition, and not in the alternative, the Company shall be entitled to declare MZHCI in default hereunder and to terminate this Agreement and any further payments hereunder.

3. Since MZHCI must at all times rely upon the accuracy and completeness of information supplied to it by the Company’s officers, directors, agents, and employees, the Company agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend MZHCI, its officers, agents, and employees at the Company’s expense, against any proceeding or suit which may arise out of and/or be due to any material misrepresentation in such information supplied by the Company to MZHCI (or any material omission by the Company that caused such supplied information to be materially misleading).

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 6 of 8

4. MZHCI agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Company, its officers, directors, employees, and agents from and against any and all claims, actions, proceedings, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by any of them in connection with, as a result of, and or due to any actions or inactions or misstatements by MZHCI, its officers, agents, or employees regarding or on behalf of the Company whether as a result of rendering services under this Agreement or otherwise.

VIII. Severability and Reformation

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future law, invalid or unenforceable provisions were never a part hereof, and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, or by its severance; but in any such event this Agreement shall be construed to give effect to the severed provision to the extent legally permissible.

IX. Notices

Any notices required by this Agreement shall (i) be made in writing and delivered to the party to whom it is addressed by hand delivery, by certified mail, return receipt requested, with adequate postage prepaid, or by courier delivery service (including major overnight delivery companies such as Federal Express and UPS), (ii) be deemed given when received, and (iii) in the case of the Company, be mailed to its principal office at ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC., 4390 Industrial Lane, Kissimmee, Florida 34758; and in the case of MZHCI, be mailed to MZHCI, LLC, 27422 Aliso Creek Road, Suite 250, Aliso Viejo, CA 92656.

X. Miscellaneous

1. This Agreement may not be amended, except by a written instrument signed and delivered by each of the parties hereto.

2. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all other agreements relating to the subject matter hereof are hereby superseded.

3. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, USA

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Consulting Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 7 of 8

AGREED:

MZHCI, LLC		ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
By:	/s/ Greg Falesnik	By:	/s/ Scott Wallace
	Greg Falesnik, CEO		Scott Wallace, CEO & Founder
Date:	2/13/2024	Date:	2/13/2024

MZHCI Initial     COMPANY Initial    

Page 8 of 8

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

OUTSIDE THE BOX CAPITAL INC.

2202 Green Orchard Place.

Oakville ON L6H 4V4
Canada

June 11, 2024

CONFIDENTIAL

ECD Automotive Design, Inc.

Unit 107

4930 Industrial Lane

Kissimmee, FL 34758
United States

Attention:

Re: Marketing Services Agreement

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

Outside The Box Capital Inc. (“Outside The Box Capital”) is pleased to provide marketing and distribution services to ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (the “Company”), as more fully described in this letter agreement (the “Agreement”). This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Company engages Outside The Box Capital to provide such services.

1. Services

(a) Outside The Box Capital’s services to the Company will commence on June 12, 2024 (“Effective Date”) and end on December 12, 2024 (“Ending Date”) overall being the Period (“Period”). Outside The Box Capital will provide marketing and distribution services to communicate information about the Company (“Marketing Services’’), including, but not limited to:

● Initial planning and strategy call with ongoing checkpoints to cover feedback, advice, and other strategic matters of the campaign

● Assist in social media and other community-driving mediums, with the goal of creating more company awareness and investor engagement.

● Distribute company approved messaging, press releases, and other approved company materials across social channels that include Reddit, Discord, Telegram, Twitter, and StockTwits.

● Spread company insights and announcements to new communities with hopes of attracting new clients and other interested parties.

● Featuring the Company in different influencer-based videos, driving more engagement to the Company’s story.

● An occasional Q&A or highlight video surrounding recent company news to be posted on the Company’s YouTube channel or other company mediums

Outside The Box Capital’s services under this Agreement may be modified or supplemented in schedules to this Agreement, mutually agreed upon in writing by Outside The Box Capital and Company.

(b) Outside The Box Capital will not participate in discussions or negotiations with potential investors. Outside The Box Capital will not solicit orders, make recommendations or give investment advice. Outside The Box Capital will not affect transactions of securities for potential investors or anyone else. Outside The Box Capital and the Company agree that Outside The Box Capital is not being engaged for, and is not permitted to engage in, activities that would give rise to Outside The Box Capital being required to register as a broker-dealer under applicable securities laws, the U.S. Exchange Act, or with FINRA. To the extent, a financial intermediary expresses interest in the Company, Outside The Box Capital will refer the intermediary to the Company. In providing services under this Agreement, Outside The Box Capital agrees to comply with all applicable securities laws.

(c) The Company acknowledges that Outside The Box Capital is the sole and exclusive owner of any and all databases developed by it. Outside The Box Capital may access third-party databases in order to increase the efficiency of its marketing outreach.

(d) It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Outside The Box Capital shall be entitled to communicate with and shall rely upon the immediate advice, direction, and instructions of the CEO of the Company, or upon the advice or instructions of such other director or officer of the Company as the CEO of the Company shall, from time to time, designate in times of the CEO’s absence, in order to initiate, coordinate and implement the Marketing Services as contemplated herein.

2. Information

(a) The Company will make available to Outside The Box Capital on a timely basis relevant information pertaining to the Company. The Company also agrees to provide Outside The Box Capital with timely access to appropriate personnel. Outside The Box Capital will only use the information provided by the Company. The Company hereby grants Outside The Box Capital the right to use the name and service marks of the Company in its Marketing Services as long as this Agreement is continuing under the Period (as defined below) or any Renewal Term (as defined below) and has not been terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Outside The Box Capital will be entitled to rely upon the information provided by the Company and all other information that the Company files with applicable regulators. Outside The Box Capital will be under no obligation to verify independently any such information. Outside The Box Capital will also be under no obligation to determine whether there have been, or to investigate any changes in, such information. However, any marketing materials shall be provided to the Company for review and approval prior to such marketing materials being published or disseminated to anyone.

3. Term and Termination

The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date until the End Date overall being the Period. During the Period, the parties may terminate this Agreement by mutual consent and either may terminate this Agreement if the other party files for bankruptcy, becomes insolvent, or is in material breach of this Agreement. The Company shall pay Outside The Box Capital for all services performed up to and including the effective date of termination. Within ten (10) days after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, each party shall return to the other all Proprietary or Confidential Information (defined below) of the other party (and any copies thereof) in the party’s possession or, with the approval of the party, destroy all such Proprietary or Confidential Information.

2

4. Confidentiality

The parties agree to hold each other’s Proprietary or Confidential Information in strict confidence. “Proprietary or Confidential Information” shall include, but is not limited to, written or oral contracts, trade secrets, know-how, business methods, business policies, memoranda, reports, records, computer-retained information, notes, or financial information. Proprietary or Confidential Information shall not include any information which: (i) is or becomes generally known to the public by any means other than a breach of the obligations of the receiving party; (ii) was previously known to the receiving party or rightly received by the receiving party from a third party that was not subject to a duty of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party as shown by the receiving party’s then-contemporaneous written files and records kept in the ordinary course of business; or (iv) is subject to disclosure under a court order or other lawful processes. The parties agree not to make each other’s Proprietary or Confidential Information available in any form to any third party or to use each other’s Proprietary or Confidential Information for any purpose other than as specified in this Agreement. Each party’s Proprietary or Confidential Information shall remain the sole and exclusive property of that party. The parties agree that in the event of use or disclosure by the other party other than as specifically provided for in this Agreement, the non-disclosing party may be entitled to equitable relief. Notwithstanding termination or expiration of this Agreement, Outside The Box Capital and the Company acknowledge and agree that their obligations of confidentiality with respect to Proprietary or Confidential Information shall survive termination of this Agreement.

5. Compensation

For the Term, Company agrees to pay Outside The Box Capital the compensation set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, which Schedule A forms part of this Agreement.

6. Expenses

In the occasion where the company requests Outside The Box Capital to travel outside of the agreement, upon mutual agreement outside of this agreement Outside The Box Capital shall also be reimbursed for all direct, pre-approved, and reasonable expenses actually and properly incurred by Outside The Box Capital in performing the Marketing Services (collectively, the “Expenses”); and which Expenses, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed, shall be payable by the Company to the order, direction and account of Outside The Box Capital as Outside The Box Capital may designate in writing, from time to time, in Outside The Box Capital’ sole and absolute discretion, as soon as conveniently possible after the prior delivery by Outside The Box Capital to the Company of written substantiation on account of each such pre-approved reimbursable Expense.

3

7. Notices

Notices under this Agreement are sufficient if given by nationally recognized overnight courier service, certified mail (return receipt requested), or personal delivery to the other party at the addresses first set out above.

8. Choice of Law and Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, and the parties hereby irrevocably attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

9. Waiver

The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of any agreement, covenant, or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent act.

10. Assignment

Except as may be necessary for the rendition of the services as provided herein, neither Outside The Box Capital nor Company may assign any part or all of this Agreement, or subcontract or delegate any of their respective rights or obligations under this Agreement, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any attempt to assign, subcontract, or delegate in violation of this paragraph is void in each instance.

[the rest of this page intentionally left blank]

4

11. Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the schedules attached constitute the agreement between Outside The Box Capital and Company relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior agreement or understanding between them. This Agreement may not be modified or amended unless such modification or amendment is agreed to in writing by both Outside The Box Capital and the Company.

12. Acceptance

Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with Company’s understanding by signing and returning this Agreement, which will thereupon constitute a binding Agreement between Outside The Box Capital Inc. and Company. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and with electronic or facsimile signatures.

Yours very truly,

Outside The Box Capital Inc.
By:	/s/ Jason Coles
Name:	Jason Coles
Title:	CEO

The foregoing is in accordance with our understanding and is accepted and agreed upon by us as of the date first written above.

ECD Automotive Design, Inc.
By:	/s/ Scott Wallace
	Name:	Scott Wallace
	Title:	CEO

5

SCHEDULE “A”
COMPENSATION

For the Term, in consideration of the performance of the services by Outside The Box Capital pursuant to the Agreement to which this Schedule A is attached, the Company hereby agrees to compensate Outside The Box Capital as follows:

$100,000 USD worth of shares in ECD Automotive Design, Inc,; with the payment due within 14 business days from the Effective Date. The number of shares issued will be determined based on the closing price of the Effective Date and such shares shall be restricted pursuant to Rule 144. Upon becoming free trading or unrestricted, Outside The Box Capital Inc. agrees to sell no more than 5% of the VWAP (Volume Weighted Average Price) per trading day.

6

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Scott Wallace, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of ECD Automotive Design, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 27, 2024	/s/ Scott Wallace
	Scott Wallace
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Raymond Cole, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of ECD Automotive Design, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 27, 2024	/s/ Raymond Cole
	Raymond Cole
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this Quarterly Report of ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (the ” Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Scott Wallace, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) of the Company, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 27, 2024	/s/ Scott Wallace
	Scott Wallace
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and will be retained by ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this Quarterly Report of ECD Automotive Design, Inc. (the “ Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Raymond Cole, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) of the Company, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 27, 2024	/s/ Raymond Cole
	Raymond Cole
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and will be retained by ECD Automotive Design, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

XML

Cover - shares	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Jun. 26, 2024
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-Q
Document Quarterly Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2024
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	ECD AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001922858
Entity File Number	001-41497
Entity Tax Identification Number	86-2559175
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Entity Ex Transition Period	false
Entity Contact Personnel [Line Items]
Entity Address, Address Line One	4390 Industrial Lane
Entity Address, City or Town	Kissimmee
Entity Address, State or Province	FL
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	34758
Entity Phone Fax Numbers [Line Items]
City Area Code	(407)
Local Phone Number	483-4825
Entity Listings [Line Items]
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		31,999,662
Common Stock
Entity Listings [Line Items]
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock
Trading Symbol	ECDA
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Warrants
Entity Listings [Line Items]
Title of 12(b) Security	Warrants
Trading Symbol	ECDAW
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 5,560,321	$ 8,134,211
Inventories	10,914,086	11,799,304
Prepaid and other current assets	346,657	34,006
Total current assets	16,821,064	19,967,521
Property and equipment, net	981,801	968,677
Deferred tax asset		515,444
Right-to-use asset	3,675,559	3,763,294
Deposit	77,686	77,686
TOTAL ASSETS	21,556,110	25,292,622
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	995,777	768,808
Accrued expenses	1,330,255	687,000
Deferred revenue	13,983,645	17,596,512
Deferred tax liability	16,836
Lease liability, current	324,791	314,903
Other payable	1,465,098	1,533,815
Total current liabilities	18,116,402	20,901,038
Lease liability, non-current	3,641,602	3,727,182
Convertible note, net of debt discount	11,117,460	10,683,452
Total liabilities	32,875,464	35,311,672
Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized shares; 25,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023	3	3
Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000,000 authorized shares; 31,899,662 shares and 31,874,662 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively	3,190	3,187
Additional paid-in capital	249,997
Accumulated deficit	(11,572,544)	(10,022,240)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit	(11,319,357)	(10,019,053)
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	$ 21,556,110	$ 25,292,622

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	25,000	25,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	25,000	25,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000,000,000	1,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	31,899,662	31,874,662
Common stock, shares outstanding	31,899,662	31,874,662

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 8,308,039	$ 2,707,326
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation expense shown below)	5,831,100	2,403,234
Gross profit	2,476,939	304,092
Operating expenses
Advertising and marketing expenses	343,409	105,220
General and administrative expenses	2,176,945	1,316,507
Depreciation expense	47,654	27,308
Total operating expenses	2,568,008	1,449,035
Income (loss) from operations	(91,069)	(1,144,943)
Other income (expense)
Interest expense	(970,777)
Foreign exchange loss	(4,704)
Other income (expense), net	48,526	22,377
Total other (expense) income, net	(926,955)	22,377
Loss before income taxes	(1,018,024)	(1,122,566)
Income tax expense	(532,280)
Net loss	$ (1,550,304)	$ (1,122,566)
Net loss per common share, basic (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.05)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic (in Shares)	31,896,640	24,000,000

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Parentheticals) - $ / shares	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net loss per common share, diluted	$ (0.05)	$ (0.05)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted	31,896,640	24,000,000

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit - USD ($)	Preferred Stock Redeemable	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Accumulated Deficit	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2022		$ 2,400	$ 2,474	$ (5,404,018)	$ (5,399,144)
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2022		24,000,000
Stockholder distributions				(66,773)	(66,773)
Net loss				(1,122,566)	(1,122,566)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2023		$ 2,400	2,474	(6,593,357)	(6,588,483)
Balance (in Shares) at Mar. 31, 2023		24,000,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2023	$ 3	$ 3,187		(10,022,240)	(10,019,053)
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2023	25,000	31,874,662
Issuance of common shares		$ 3	249,997		250,000
Issuance of common shares (in Shares)		25,000
Net loss				(1,550,304)	(1,550,304)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2024	$ 3	$ 3,190	$ 249,997	$ (11,572,544)	$ (11,319,357)
Balance (in Shares) at Mar. 31, 2024	25,000	31,899,662

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (1,550,304)	$ (1,122,566)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation expense	47,654	27,308
Noncash lease expense	87,735	73,732
Amortization of debt discount	434,008
Deferred tax expense	532,280
Equity compensation expense	117,500
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other receivables		209,810
Inventories	885,218	(1,109,988)
Prepaid and other current assets	(312,651)	3,396
Deposit		(1,700)
Accounts payable	226,969	30,506
Accrued expenses	643,255	(113,841)
Deferred revenue	(3,612,867)	1,015,270
Other payable	63,783	(84,592)
Lease liability	(75,692)	(37,142)
Net cash used in operating activities	(2,513,112)	(1,109,809)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of assets	(60,778)	(12,418)
Net cash used in investing activities	(60,778)	(12,418)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Cash distributed to stockholders		(66,773)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(66,773)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	(2,573,890)	(1,189,000)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	8,134,211	3,514,882
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	5,560,321	2,325,882
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:
Cash paid for interest	112,737
Supplemental disclosure of noncash cash flow information
Record right-to-use asset and lease liability per ASC 842		$ 196,796

XML

Nature of Operations

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Nature of Operations [Abstract]

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

ECD Automotive Design, Inc (the “Company,” “ECD,” “we,” “us,” or “our), formerly known as EF Hutton Acquisition Corporation I (“EFHAC”) (the Company) is engaged in the production and sale of Land Rover vehicles. Since the Company’s commencement of operations in 2013, they have established a facility geared towards producing the most customized Land Rovers with the highest quality of parts and the highest quality labor force building each vehicle. The Company primarily earns revenue from the sale of the customized vehicle directly to the customer. Additionally, revenue is generated from providing repair or upgrade services to customers and from the sale of extended warranties.

On December 12, 2023, ECD completed the business combination contemplated by the merger agreement dated as of March 3, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among EFHAC, Humble Imports Inc., d/b/a ECD Auto Design, a Florida corporation (“Humble” or “ECD”), ECD Auto Design UK, Ltd., an England and Wales corporation (the “ECD UK”), EFHAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHAC, and Scott Wallace, as the Securityholder Representative. At part of the closing Merger Sub merged with and into ECD with ECD as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHAC. In connection with the Merger, EFHAC changed its name to “ECD Automotive Design Inc.” or such other name designated by E.C.D. by notice to EFHAC. See Note 4 for further information.

The business combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, although EFHAC acquired the outstanding equity interest in ECD in the business combination, EFHAC is treated as the “acquired company” and ECD was treated as the accounting acquirer for financial statement purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of ECD issuing stock for the net assets of EFHAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of EFHAC are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

Furthermore, the historical financial statements of ECD became the historical financial statements of the Company upon the consummation of the merger. As a result, the financial statements included in this Annual Report reflect (i) the historical operating results of ECD prior to the merger; (ii) the combined results of EFHAC and ECD following the close of the merger; (iii) the assets and liabilities of ECD at their historical cost and (iv) ECD’s equity structure for all periods presented, as affected by the recapitalization presentation after completion of the merger. See Note 5 - Reverse Capitalization for further details of the merger.

The Company also consolidates, ECD Audit Design UK LTD (“ECD UK”), a private limited company incorporated on July 16, 2021 in England and Wales. ECD UK was formed for the purpose of procuring parts overseas for the Company. ECD UK is a consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) for which the company is the primary beneficiary. The Company is the primary beneficiary of ECD UK as it has both the power to direct the most significant activities impacting on its economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits significant to them.

XML

Liquidity and Capital Resources

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Abstract]

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

2. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of March 31, 2024, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $5.6 million and a working capital deficit of approximately $1.3 million.

The Company’s primary source of operating funds since the Company’s inception in 2013 has been from cash receipts from sales and proceeds from loans. Immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company executed and delivered to Defender SPV LLC (the “Lender”) a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”), in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209, net of debt discount of $5,135,757. See Note 11 for further information.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company has granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest for the payment of the indebtedness. See Note 15 for further information.

Based on the cash balance of $5.6 million and the positive forecasted cash flow from operations, and the availability under the revolving line of credit, after interest payments, the Company has determined that the Company’s sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet the Company’s financing requirements for the one-year period from the issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ECD and ECD Auto Design UK Ltd. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, expressed in U.S. dollars. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. All such adjustments consisted of all normal recurring items, including the elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances. References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with United States  generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2024.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in the 2023 Form 10-K, with the exception of presentation of restated interim results included in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K. The December 31, 2023 condensed consolidated balance sheet included herein was derived from the December 31, 2023 audited consolidated balance sheet included in the 2023 Form 10-K.

After the filing of the Company’s 2023 Form 10-K management determined there was a misallocation of revenue and expenses in the unaudited interim financial information contained in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K, resulting in first quarter 2023 revenue being understated by $53,176, cost of goods sold being understated by $612,967 and other expenses being overstated by $15,859. The misallocation did not result in a change to the full year consolidated financial statements and has been corrected herein for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in revenue recognition, useful life of assets, and allowance for doubtful accounts.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete financial information is evaluated regularly by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company operates and manages its business as one operating segment and one reportable segment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Coverage limit of $250,000. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the Company transfers promised goods or services to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under the agreement, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

Product Revenue – Builds

The Company generates revenue through the sale of rebuilt or upgraded Land Rover Defender, Range Rover Classics, Land Rover Series and Jaguar E-Types vehicles directly to customers. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is the Company’s promise to transfer the Company’s product to customers based -the transfer of title or shipping terms in the arrangement. The entire transaction revenue is allocated to this performance obligation. Product revenue is recognized after a customer sends the final balance due, and our client services team carry out all of the necessary paperwork to assign title/registration to the customer or deliver the vehicle to the customer.

Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives from 25% to 50% of the total consideration of the contract from its customers as acceptance of contract, excluding any upgrades, which are initially recorded in customer deposits, and are recognized as net revenue when the products are shipped. 

Warranty and Other Revenue

The Company also generates revenue through the sale of extended warranties to customers. The customers agree to the terms and conditions at the time of purchase, which represents the customer arrangements. The period covered by the extended warranty is usually two years. The Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in ASC 606 and, therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.

The Company generates revenue through providing repair services to customers. The Company agrees with the customer on a budget. There is a single performance obligation, which is the Company’s promise to perform the retrofit, repair work on the vehicle. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Service revenue is recognized when the repair work is completed, and the customer receives the vehicle.

Product Limited Warranty

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited warranty for work performed on the vehicle under the builds/sales contract. The customers do not have a contractual right of return. The Company only offers a limited warranty for the work performed on the vehicle under the contract. If a customer disputes any work performed, the Company will attempt to remedy the work, however, it shall not be required to discount the transaction price. The Company considered this an assurance-type warranty and not a separate performance obligation.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While the Company engages in product quality programs and processes, including quality control test driving vehicles, the warranty obligation is affected by historical warranty costs per vehicle. Should actual costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to increase or decrease the estimated warranty liability may be required.

Other Revenue Policies

Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

Applying the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-32-18, the Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised products to the customer will be one year or less, which is the case with substantially all customers.

Applying the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-25-18B, the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products. The Company records the related costs as part of the cost of goods good.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenues disaggregated by product category:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024		2023
Builds		8,217,647		2,651,251
Warranty and other		90,392		56,075
Total revenues, net	$	8,308,039	$	2,707,326

Deferred revenue and remaining performance obligation:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Beginning balance, January 1	$	17,596,512		$	14,166,030
Additional deposits received		4,604,780			8,212,166
Revenue Recognized during the year at a point-in-time		(8,217,647	)		(4,781,684	)
Ending balance	$	13,983,645		$	17,596,512

As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, in addition to the customer deposits noted above, the Company has $9,935,252 and $12,253,253, respectively of contract consideration allocated to performance obligations not yet completed, which are not reflected on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. The customer deposits, performance obligations not yet completed, and deferred revenue are typically recognized in revenue at a point in time within the next twelve months as the custom build vehicles are delivered and title has been transferred to customers.

Inventories

Work in progress, work in progress – shipping and consumables, and work in progress – labor costs reported in inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct and indirect costs that are directly attributable. The measurement of inventories is generally based on the weighted average method. Finished goods inventory is comprised of vehicles for which the build is completed but title has not been legally transferred, or in some cases, the vehicle has not been delivered. The measurement of finished goods inventories is the total cost of the materials, shipping and consumables, and labor attributed to the build of each specific completed vehicle. Overhead costs are allocated to inventory based on the rate of inventory turned for the period. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, inventory was $10,914,086 and $11,799,304, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life of 5 to 15 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition is reflected in earnings.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company follows a “primary asset” approach to determine the cash flow estimation period for a group of assets and liabilities that represents the unit of accounting for a long-lived asset to be held and used. Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets based upon forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Should impairment in value be indicated, the carrying value of the assets will be adjusted, based on estimates of future discounted cash flows resulting from the use and ultimate disposition of the asset. No impairments were recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023.

Advertising and Marketing

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred. The Company charged operations $343,409 and $105,220 as advertising and marketing costs for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Income taxes

Prior to the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company was an S corporation. As an S corporation, the Company was not directly liable for federal income taxes. As of the date of the Business Combination, the operations of the Company ceased to be taxed as an S corporation resulting in a change in tax status for federal and state income tax purposes.

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent management believes that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred income tax assets (meaning, items that may provide tax deductions in future periods) requires evidence that there will be sufficient taxable income in those future periods, or within any carryback periods available under tax law. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of income tax carryforwards, including federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), fixed assets, leases and non-deductible interest expense carryforwards. Some of these carryforwards are subject to annual usage limitations and expiration, while other state NOLs and a portion of federal NOLs do not have expirations. These carryforwards do not have expirations, but may be subject to certain limitations.

While the Company remains in a financial reporting loss position based on a cumulative pre-tax loss for the three-year period ended March 31, 2024, the determination of the valuation allowance is based on its evaluation of the periods over which future taxable items are expected to be utilized to offset tax loss and deduction carryforward items in those future periods. That is, future forecasts of our taxable income are not considered in the evaluation of realizability of its deferred tax assets. Therefore, changes in its deferred tax asset valuation allowances will primarily be affected by changes in the estimates of the time periods over which those future taxable items will occur. In assessing the realizability of the Company’s DTAs, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $863,833 on its net deferred tax assets for the period ending March 31, 2024, which represents an increase of $784,214 compared to the valuation allowance of $79,619 at December 31, 2023.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company’s reserve related to uncertain tax positions was zero as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

Loss Per Share

The Company accounts for net loss per share in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 260-10, Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260-10”), which requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the statement of operations for all entities with complex capital structures and requires a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS. Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. It excludes the dilutive effects of any potentially issuable common shares. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by including any potentially dilutive share issuances in the denominator. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, all potentially dilutive securities were not included in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use asset (“ROU asset”) and short-term and long-term lease liability are included on the face of the consolidated balance sheets.

ROU asset represents the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU asset and liability are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date over the respective lease term in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements with terms less than 12 months, the Company has elected the short-term lease measurement and recognition exemption, and it recognizes such lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company calculates the fair value of its assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different than the carrying value of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other payables approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of lease liability also approximates fair value since the instrument bears market rates of interest. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

● Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

● Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

● Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Warrants

The Company determines the accounting classification of warrants it issues as either liability or equity classified by first assessing whether the warrants meet liability classification in accordance with ASC 480-10, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“ASC 480”), then in accordance with ASC 815-40 (“ASC 815”), Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Under ASC 480, warrants are considered liability classified if the warrants are mandatorily redeemable, obligate the Company to settle the warrants or the underlying shares by paying cash or other assets, or warrants that must or may require settlement by issuing variable number of shares. If warrants do not meet liability classification under ASC 480, the Company assesses the requirements under ASC 815, which states that contracts that require or may require the issuer to settle the contract for cash are liabilities recorded at fair value, irrespective of the likelihood of the transaction occurring that triggers the net cash settlement feature. If the warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815, and in order to conclude equity classification, the Company also assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its Common Stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815 or other applicable GAAP. After all relevant assessments, the Company concludes whether the warrants are classified as liability or equity. Liability classified warrants require fair value accounting at issuance and subsequent to initial issuance with all changes in fair value after the issuance date recorded in the statements of operations. Equity classified warrants only require fair value accounting at issuance with no changes recognized subsequent to the issuance date.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees including grants of stock options, to be recognized as expense in the statements of operations based on their grant date fair values.

The Company periodically issues common stock and common stock options to consultants for various services.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and these accompanying notes. The reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The impact on any prior period disclosures was immaterial.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Accounting for convertible or redeemable equity instruments in the Company’s own equity requires an evaluation of the hybrid security to determine if liability classification is required under ASC 480-10. Liability classification is required for freestanding financial instruments that are not debt in legal form and are: (1) subject to an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem the instrument by transferring assets (i.e. mandatorily redeemable), (2) instruments other than equity shares that embody an obligation of the issuer to repurchase its equity shares, or (3) certain types of instruments that obligate the issuer to issue a variable number of equity shares. Securities that do not meet the scoping criteria to be classified as a liability under ASC 480 are subject to redeemable equity guidance, which prescribes securities that may be subject to redemption upon an event not solely within the control of the issuer to be classified outside permanent equity (i.e., classified in temporary equity). Securities classified in temporary equity are initially measured at the proceeds received, net of issuance costs and excluding the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives (if any). Subsequent measurement of the carrying value is not required unless the instrument is probable of becoming redeemable or is currently redeemable. When the instruments are currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the then current maximum redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2022-04, “Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” which is intended to enhance the transparency surrounding the use of supplier finance programs. The guidance requires companies that use supplier finance programs to make annual disclosures about the program’s key terms, the balance sheet presentation of related amounts, the confirmed amount outstanding at the end of the period and associated roll forward information. Only the amount outstanding at the end of the period must be disclosed in interim periods. The guidance does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations. The Company adopted the guidance when it became effective on January 1, 2023, except for the roll forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not believe the impact of adopting the roll-forward requirement in this accounting standard update will be material to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 805). This ASU requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) from acquired contracts using the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 606. At the acquisition date, the acquirer applies the revenue model as if it had originated the acquired contracts. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2024 with no impact on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” which will add required disclosures of significant expenses for each reportable segment, as well as certain other disclosures to help investors understand how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates segment expenses and operating results. The new guidance requires public entities to disclose, on an annual and interim basis, significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the CODM, the amount and composition of other segment items by reportable segment, any additional measures of a segment’s profit or loss used by the CODM when assessing performance and deciding how to allocate resources, and the CODM’s title and position. Additionally, public entities will be required to provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss that are currently required annually by Topic 280. This standard is effective on a retrospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. The standard will be effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Recapitalization

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Recapitalization [Abstract]

RECAPITALIZATION

4. RECAPITALIZATION

As discussed in Note 1, “Nature of Operations”, On December 12, 2023, ECD completed the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by the merger agreement, dated as of March 3, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among EFHT, Humble Imports Inc., d/b/a ECD Auto Design, a Florida corporation (“Humble” or “ECD”), ECD Auto Design UK, Ltd., an England and Wales corporation (the “ECD UK”), EFHAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Merger Sub”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of EFHT, and Scott Wallace, as the Securityholder Representative. The Merger Agreement was previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by EFHT with the SEC on March 6, 2023.

At the Closing, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement and after giving effect to the redemptions of shares of EFHT Common Stock:

● the total consideration paid at the Closing (the “Merger Consideration”) by EFHT to Humble security holders was 26,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock, 25,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, a warrant to purchase 1,091,525 shares of Company Common Stock, and a warrant to purchase 15,819 shares of Company Preferred Stock, (the “Securities Consideration”), and a cash payment of $2,000,000 pro rata to the former security holders of Humble (the “Cash Consideration” and, collectively with the Securities Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”);

● each share of Merger Sub common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Merger Sub Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into one newly issued share of Company Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation.

Following the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Florida Department of State, Merger Sub merged with and into Humble with Humble as the surviving corporation, effective December 12, 2023. Thus, Humble became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the Merger, the Company changed its name to “ECD Automotive Design, Inc.”

Although EFHAC was the legal acquirer of ECD in the merger, ECD is deemed to be the accounting acquirer, and the historical financial statements of ECD became the basis for the historical financial statements of the Company upon the closing of the merger. ECD was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

● ECD’s existing stockholders have the greatest voting interest in the combined company;

● ECD’s existing stockholders have the ability to control decisions regarding election and removal of directors and officers of the combined company;

● ECD is the larger entity in terms of substantive operations and employee base;

● ECD comprises the ongoing operations of the combined company; and

● ECD’s existing senior management is the senior management of the combined company.

In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the equity structure has been restated in all comparable periods up to December 12, 2023, to reflect the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, issued to ECD’s stockholders in connection with the merger. As such, the shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share related to ECD’s common stock prior to the merger have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the merger.

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the condensed consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the year ended December 31, 2023:

Cash-trust and cash, net of redemptions	$	241,329
Less: transaction expenses paid		(241,329	)
Net proceeds from the Business Combination		—
Less: recognition of SPAC closing balance sheet		(762,710	)
Reverse recapitalization, net	$	(762,710	)

The number of shares of Common Stock issued following the consummation of the Business Combination were:

EFHAC Class A common stock, outstanding prior to the Business Combination	11,500,000
Less: Redemption of EFHAC Class A common stock	(11,477,525	)
Class A common stock of EFHAC	22,475
EFHAC public rights shares outstanding	1,437,500
EFHAC founder shares outstanding	2,875,000
EFHAC private shares outstanding	257,500
EFHAC private rights shares outstanding	32,187
EFHAC shares issued to EF Hutton (underwriter)	775,000
Business Combination shares	5,399,662
ECD Shares	26,500,000
Common Stock immediately after the Business Combination	31,899,662

The number of ECD shares was determined as follows:

	ECD Shares		ECD Shares after conversion ratio
Class A Common Stock (before Defender SPV shares)		100		24,000,000

Public and private placement warrants

The 11,500,000 Public Warrants issued at the time of EFHAC’s initial public offering, and 257,500 warrants issued in connection with private placement at the time of EFHAC’s initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”) remained outstanding and became warrants for the Company (see Note 13).

Redemptions 

Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, certain EFHAC public shareholders exercised their right to redeem certain of their outstanding shares for cash, resulting in total redemptions of 11,477,525 shares of EFHAC Class A common stock for aggregate payments of $119,759,997.

XML

Inventories

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Inventories [Abstract]

INVENTORIES

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventory – work in progress	$	3,633,204	$	2,842,470
Inventory – work in progress shipping and consumables		381,620		332,105
Inventory – work in progress labor		801,782		448,280
Resale inventory		1,200,620		1,110,620
Finished goods		4,896,860		7,065,829
	$	10,914,086	$	11,799,304

Overhead costs allocated to inventory were $269,249 and $185,150 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

XML

Prepaids and Other Current Assets

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Prepaids and Other Current Assets [Abstract]

PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

6. PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2024		2023
Prepaid expenses other assets	$	4,548	$	34,006
Prepaid insurance		342,109		-
	$	346,657	$	34,006

XML

Property and Equipment

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2024			2023
Computer equipment	$	98,787		$	72,175
Office furniture		45,713			36,412
Manufacturing equipment		676,632			654,858
Vehicles		456,360			456,360
Building improvements		3,092			-
		1,280,584			1,219,805
Less: accumulated depreciation		(298,783	)		(251,128	)
	$	981,801		$	968,677

Depreciation expense related to the Company’s property and equipment was $47,654 and $27,308 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which were included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

XML

Leases

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

LEASES

8. LEASES

The Company leases population of its right of use asset and lease liabilities is related to leased office space in Kissimmee, Florida and the UK and beginning on March 23, 2024 a leased warehouse in Kissimmee, Florida. Some of these real estate leases require variable payments of property taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance, in addition to base rent.

ROU assets at March 31, 2024 were $3,675,559. Current and long-term operating lease liabilities were $324,791 and $3,641,602 at March 31, 2024, respectively. 

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024			2023
Lease cost
Operating lease cost	$	150,278		$	138,567
Variable and other lease costs		8,828			6,492
Total lease cost	$	159,106		$	145,059
Other information
Cash paid for the amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases:
Operating cash flows	$	138,235		$	101,978
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases		9.23			9.88
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases		6.3	%		6.3	%

Maturity analysis under the lease agreement is as follows:

	Total
2024	$	419,467
2025		575,360
2026		535,720
2027		492,318
2028 and beyond		3,274,183
		5,297,048
Less: present value discount		(1,330,655	)
Lease liability	$	3,966,393

XML

Accrued Expenses

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

ACCRUED EXPENSES

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Accrued convertible note interest		533,898		113,000
Accrued bonuses		-		150,000
Accrued expenses, other		510,593		137,859
Warranty reserve		108,565		89,430
Accrued payroll		177,199		196,711
	$	1,330,255	$	687,000

XML

Other Payable

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Other Payable [Abstract]

OTHER PAYABLE

10. OTHER PAYABLE 

Other payable consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
PPG payable (as defined below)	$	117,611	$	168,256
EFHAC income tax payable		1,115,559		1,115,559
Other		231,927		250,000
	$	1,465,098	$	1,533,815

On February 1, 2022, the Company entered into an Exclusive Supplier Agreement with a third party, pursuant to which the third party issues a pre-bate in the amount of $277,642 to the Company in exchange for the Company’s commitment to make purchase of the third party’s products in the amount of $1,506,349 (“PPG Payable”). The Company shall use the $277,642 as working capital or otherwise in the operation of the Company’s business. The outstanding balance on the PPG payable was $117,611 and $168,256 recorded as other payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

XML

Debt

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Debt [Abstract]

DEBT

11. DEBT

Securities Purchase Agreement

On October 6, 2023 the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with an institutional Lender (the “Lender”) pursuant to which the Company issued to the Lender a senior secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note”) in exchange for a loan in the principal amount of $15,819,209. The Convertible Note shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Prime Interest rate plus 5% per annum which is payable monthly in cash, or upon the Company’s option, in securities of the Company provided certain conditions are met at the increased interest rate of the Prime Interest rate plus 8% per annum. The Company is required to pay a late charge of 12% per annum (“Late Charges”) on any amount of principal or other amounts that are not paid when due. The Convertible Note is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share at the option of the Lender at a conversion price of $10.00 per share, subject to a one-time downward adjustment on the effective date of the registration statement providing for the resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note to a conversion price equal to the prior 5-day volume weighted average price, subject to a floor of $6.00. The conversion price is subject to a downward adjustment if the Company issues equity in the future at a price less than $10.00, except for equity issued in connection with certain strategic acquisitions. The conversion price is also subject to a downward adjustment if the Company fails to satisfy certain performance conditions set forth in the Convertible Note. Upon the Lender’s conversion, the conversion amount shall be equal to 115% of the principal amount to be converted under the Convertible Note plus any accrued and unpaid interest and accrued and unpaid Late Charges on such principal and interest, if any (the “Conversion Rate”). Lender’s ability to convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock is subject to a 4.99% blocker, such that Lender cannot convert the Convertible Note into shares of common stock to the extent it will make the Lender a beneficial owner of more than 4.99% of the common stock. The Company has the option to prepay the Convertible Note, upon thirty (30) business day written notice, by paying the product of the 20% redemption premium multiplied by the greater of (i) the conversion amount to be redeemed and (ii) the product of (x) the Conversion Rate with respect to the conversion amount to be redeemed multiplied by (y) the greatest closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on any trading day immediately preceding such notice of redemption and the date the Company makes the entire payment required.

The Convertible Note has a maturity date of December 12, 2026 and will rank senior to all outstanding and future indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Convertible Notes are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in all the existing and future assets of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of the subsidiaries. The Convertible Note also provides that the Company and its subsidiaries execute a guaranty (the “Guaranty”) to guaranty the obligations under the Convertible Note and the Security Agreement, that all insider stockholders of the common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) restricting their sale of the common stock until six months after the registration statement registering the shares of common stock underlying the Convertible Note is declared effective and a joinder agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company and its Subsidiaries agree and consent to be parties to the Security Agreement.

The Convertible Note includes an original issue discount of $2,119,209 and debt issuance costs of $3,088,883. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded $434,008 and $0 of amortization expense of the debt discount in the consolidated statement of operations. As March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, accrued interest on the Convertible Note in the consolidated balance sheets was $533,898 and $113,000, respectively.

 The table below summarizes the outstanding Convertible Note as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Principal value of Convertible Note	$	15,819,209		$	15,819,209
Debt discount, net of amortization		(4,701,749	)		(5,135,757	)
Convertible Note payable	$	11,117,460		$	10,683,452

XML

Redeemable Preferred Stock

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Redeemable Preferred Stock [Abstract]

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

12. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were 25,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. The 25,000 shares represent Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (discussed below). The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all shares of Common Stock, and to all other classes or series of capital stock with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

Dividend Rights

From and after the first date of issuance of any initial shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Initial Issuance Date”) and prior to the date of the initial exercise of the Preferred Warrants (the “Initial Preferred Warrant Exercise Date”), unless a triggering event has occurred and is continuing, holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to dividends. From and after the Initial Preferred Warrant Exercise Date, dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall commence accruing and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months and shall be payable in arrears for on the first trading day of each fiscal quarter (each, an “Dividend Date”). Dividends shall be payable on each Dividend Date, to each record holder of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on the applicable Dividend Date, in shares of Common Stock (“Dividend Shares”) so long as there has been no Equity Conditions Failure; provided however, that the Company may, at its option following notice to each holder, pay dividend on any Dividend Date in cash (“Cash Dividend”) or in a combination of Cash Dividend and Dividend Shares.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the stockholders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in cash out of the assets of the Company, whether from capital or from earnings available for distribution to its stockholders (the “Liquidation Funds”), before any amount shall be paid to the holders of any of shares of junior stock, but pari passu with any parity stock then outstanding, an amount per share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Black Scholes Value (as defined in the Common Warrants) with respect to the outstanding portion of all Common Warrants held by such holder (without regard to any limitations on the exercise thereof) as of the date of such event and (ii) the greater of (A) 125% of the Conversion Amount (as defined below) of such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on the date of such payment and (B) the amount per share such holder would receive if such holder converted such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the date of such payment, provided that if the Liquidation Funds are insufficient to pay the full amount due to the holders and holders of shares of parity stock, then each holder and each holder of parity stock shall receive a percentage of the Liquidation Funds equal to the full amount of Liquidation Funds payable to such holder and such holder of parity stock as a liquidation preference, in accordance with their respective certificate of designations (or equivalent), as a percentage of the full amount of Liquidation Funds payable to all holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and all holders of shares of parity stock.

Conversion and Redemption Rights

At any time after the Business Combination, each stockholder shall be entitled to convert any portion of the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such stockholder into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be determined by dividing (i) the Conversion Amount (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) of such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by (y) $10.00 (subject to adjustments). A stockholder’s ability to convert Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock is subject to a 4.99% blocker, such that a stockholder cannot convert Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock to the extent it will make the stockholder a beneficial owner of more than 4.99% of the Common Stock.

The stockholders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have redemption rights upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as defined in the Certificate of Designation). The Company has the right to redeem all or any part of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding.

Voting and Other Preferred Rights

Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, except as required by law (including without limitation, the DGCL) and as expressly provided in the Certificate of Designations.

XML

Stockholders’ Equity

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Stockholders’ Equity [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were 31,899,662 shares and 31,874,662 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Each share of Common Stock has one vote and has similar rights and obligations.

On October 11, 2023, ECD closed the transaction memorialized in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2023 (the “Humble SPA”) by and between ECD and Defender SPV LLC (the “Investor”) pursuant to which ECD agreed to issue to the Investor (i) 39,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company convertible into shares of ECD Common Stock; (ii) 1,100,000 shares of ECD Common Stock; (iii) a warrant to acquire 1,091,525 additional shares of ECD Common Stock; and (iv) a warrant to acquire 15,819 shares of ECD Series A Preferred Stock, for a purchase price equal to $300,000.

In advance of the Business Combination Closing, the Investor provided the Company a Conversion Notice to convert 14,000 shares of its Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 1,400,000 shares of common stock of Humble (“Humble Common Stock”). Following the Lender’s conversion of 14,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Lender held 25,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Humble Common Stock.

Warrants - As part of EFHAC’s initial public offering (“IPO”), EFHAC issued warrants to third-party investors where each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Public Warrants”). Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, EFHAC completed the private sale of warrants where each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at $11.50 per share. At March 31, 2024, there are 11,500,000 Public Warrants and 257,500 Private warrants outstanding.

These warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation and are exercisable commencing 30 days after the Business Combination, provided that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

● in whole and not in part;

● at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

● upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

● if, and only if, the reported last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share.

The Company accounts for the 11,757,500 warrants issued in connection with the IPO in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815. Such guidance provides that the warrants described above are not precluded from equity classification. Equity-classified contracts are initially measured at fair value (or allocated value). Subsequent changes in fair value are not recognized as long as the contracts continue to be classified in equity.

Share-based Compensation

The Company has adopted the Equity Incentive Plan, which plan was approved by stockholders at the Special Meeting. The purposes of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and the stockholders of Company by providing (i) executive officers and other employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below), (ii) certain consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company and its Subsidiaries and (iii) non-employee members of the Board with appropriate incentives and rewards to encourage them to enter into and continue in the employ and service of the Company and to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company, as well as to reward the performance of these individuals in fulfilling their personal responsibilities for long-range and annual achievements. Eligible individuals under the Plan may receive awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

The maximum number of shares reserved for the grant of awards under the Plan shall be 400,000. No recipient under the Plan may be awarded more than 100,000 shares in any calendar year, and the maximum number of shares underlying awards of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to an Award Recipient in any calendar year is 100,000.

The authority to manage the operation of and administer the Plan shall be vested in a committee (the “Committee”), which shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, including exclusive authority to select the participants to the Plan; to make awards; to determine the type, size, terms and timing of the awards (which need not be uniform); to accelerate the vesting of awards granted pursuant to the Plan, including upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company; to prescribe the form of the award agreement; to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any award; to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any award issued pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors and shall consist solely of non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and are outside directors within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

Grants may be made under the Plan through the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date it is adopted by the Board and approved by the Committee. Awards outstanding as of the date of termination of the Plan shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

As of March 31, 2024, no awards were granted. Each of its four non-employee directors are expected to receive a one-time grant of stock options to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at a purchase price which shall be equal to 110% of the price per share of the Common Stock at the Closing Date.

In addition, the Company has entered into a consulting agreement whereby it expects to issue 100,000 fully paid up non-forfeitable shares of restricted common stock in the second quarter. All shares of Company restricted common stock will be subject to a 12-month lock up from the time of issuance.

The agreement also provides for incentive shares as follows:

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 2.5 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 5.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within six (6) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement, investors hold 10.0 million or more shares of Company common stock as a result of the investor relations firm introductions, the Company will issue 25,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relation firm with in ten (10) days of achieving such milestone.

● If within nine (9) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $1.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relations firm within ten (10) days of achieving such milestone. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

● If within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement the ten (10) day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) of Company common stock equals or exceeds $3.90 per share, the Company will issue 50,000 shares of restricted Company common stock to the investor relations firm on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Effective Date. All VWAP calculations shall exclude a ten (10) day trading period following any publicly announced M&A transaction.

XML

Related Party Transactions

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company has entered into an independent contractor agreement with Luxury Automotive Transport, Inc. The owner of Luxury Automotive Transport, Inc. is the father of one of the Company’s Directors as well as an officer of the Company, both of which were Founders of the Company. ECD secures the services of a specialized contractor to handle the transportation and delivery of their custom luxury vehicles, ensuring these tasks are managed by a company with substantial expertise in this area. Per the agreement, the customer delivery rate is $1.45/mile, and transportation rate is 1.25/mile. As a result of the agreements, the Company recorded expenses of $24,590 and $46,733 for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were no outstanding amounts owed under these agreements.

The Company has no commercial agreement with British Food Stop. British Food Stop sells breakfast and lunch to employees via a food truck on site. The owners of British Food Stop are the parents of one of the Company’s Directors who was also a Founder of the Company.. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded expenses totaling $28,766 and $0, respectively. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there was $1,857 and $0 outstanding to British Food Stop, in accounts payable in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet.

XML

Subsequent Events

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 27, 2024, which represents the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and no events, other than discussed below have occurred through that date that would impact the financial statements.

On April 3, 2024, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Original Asset Purchase Agreement”) with BNMC Continuation Cars LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company and David W. Miller II (collectively “Sellers”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets from Sellers in exchange for $1.5 million (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price was to be paid to Sellers by the issuance of such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), equal to (a) the Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement (the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Sellers, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase certain assets relating to vehicle builds, including the trademark “Brand New Muscle Car” (the “Purchased Assets”) from Sellers in exchange for up to $1.25 million. The price for the Purchased Assets under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement shall be equal to $950,000 plus up to an additional $300,000, in increments of $100,000, for each new vehicle build the Sellers can refer to the Company that are actually accepted by the Company on or before June 24, 2024 (the “A&R Purchase Price”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid to Seller by the issuance of such number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a) the A&R Purchase Price divided by (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the five month anniversary of the closing date (the “Consideration Shares”). The A&R Purchase Price will be paid by the Company to the Sellers by the issuance of the Consideration Shares within three (3) business days of the five month anniversary of the closing date. The closing of the transactions contemplated by A&R Asset Purchase Agreement are subject to customary representations, warranties, covenants and closing conditions.

On April 24, 2024, following the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions, the Company and Sellers closed the transactions contemplated by the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. In connection with the closing of the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Sellers executed and delivered the following agreements: (1) the IP Assignment Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between Sellers, as assignors, and ECD, as assignee (the “IP Assignment Agreement”), (2) the Trademark License Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as licensor and Sellers, as licensees (the “Trademark License Agreement”), and (3) the Consulting Agreement, dated April 24, 2024, by and between ECD, as the company and BNMC Films LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of David W. Miller II, as the contractor (the “Consulting Agreement”).

As of June 24, 2024, the Sellers provided the Company referrals of three additional new vehicle builds, which were accepted by the Company in accordance with the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, the A&R Purchase Price under the A&R Asset Purchase Agreement is fixed at $1,250,000, which will be paid by the Company through the issuance of Consideration Shares to the Sellers within three (3) business days of September 24, 2024.

Certain events of default under the Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have occurred based on the following: the Company’s failure to have its resale registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the SEC within sixty (60) days of December 12, 2023, the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2023 were required to be restated, the fact that the Company did not file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Form 10-K”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-K and the Company did not file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarterly period ended March 31, 2024 (the “Form 10-Q”) within two (2) trading days of the filing due date for the Form 10-Q. The Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock each provide for certain remedies based upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Company has spoken with the lender under the Convertible Note who is also the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and plans to attempt to negotiate and enter into a default waiver agreement with the lender. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to negotiate a waiver agreement with the lender. If the lender seeks to enforce its remedies under the Convertible Note and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the lender is successful in obtaining such remedies, then such event could have a material negative effect on the business and finances of the Company.

On May 9, 2024, the Company issued 100,000 shares of common stock to an investor relations firm pursuant to the Agreement executed in February 2024. See Note 13.

On May 15, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with First National Bank of Pasco for a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. The Company has granted the First National Bank of Pasco a security interest for the payment of the indebtedness. The collateral to secure the line of credit is first title liens on inventory (used ECD-produced vehicles) advanced under the agreement. The agreement will remain in effect until all loans have been paid in full including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, and other fees and charges have been paid in full or if the parties agree in writing to terminate the agreement. As of June 18, 2024, the payoff including accrued interest is approximately $740,000.

On June 11, 2024, the Company entered into a marketing services agreement with Outside The Box Capital Inc. (“OTBC”) commencing on June 12, 2024 and terminating on December 12, 2024 (the “MS Agreement”). As compensation for OTBC services rendered under the MS Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to OTBC, valued at $100,000, based on the closing stock price on June 12, 2024. 

XML

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net Income (Loss)	$ (1,550,304)	$ (1,122,566)

XML

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024
Trading Arrangements, by Individual
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

XML

Accounting Policies, by Policy (Policies)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ECD and ECD Auto Design UK Ltd. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, expressed in U.S. dollars. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. All such adjustments consisted of all normal recurring items, including the elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances. References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with United States  generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2024.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in the 2023 Form 10-K, with the exception of presentation of restated interim results included in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K. The December 31, 2023 condensed consolidated balance sheet included herein was derived from the December 31, 2023 audited consolidated balance sheet included in the 2023 Form 10-K.

After the filing of the Company’s 2023 Form 10-K management determined there was a misallocation of revenue and expenses in the unaudited interim financial information contained in Note 2 and 17 of the Form 10-K, resulting in first quarter 2023 revenue being understated by $53,176, cost of goods sold being understated by $612,967 and other expenses being overstated by $15,859. The misallocation did not result in a change to the full year consolidated financial statements and has been corrected herein for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in revenue recognition, useful life of assets, and allowance for doubtful accounts.

Segment Information

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete financial information is evaluated regularly by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company operates and manages its business as one operating segment and one reportable segment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Credit Risk

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Coverage limit of $250,000. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the Company transfers promised goods or services to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under the agreement, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that it will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

Product Revenue – Builds

The Company generates revenue through the sale of rebuilt or upgraded Land Rover Defender, Range Rover Classics, Land Rover Series and Jaguar E-Types vehicles directly to customers. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is the Company’s promise to transfer the Company’s product to customers based -the transfer of title or shipping terms in the arrangement. The entire transaction revenue is allocated to this performance obligation. Product revenue is recognized after a customer sends the final balance due, and our client services team carry out all of the necessary paperwork to assign title/registration to the customer or deliver the vehicle to the customer.

Upon execution of the contract, the Company bills its customers the total consideration of the contract. The Company receives from 25% to 50% of the total consideration of the contract from its customers as acceptance of contract, excluding any upgrades, which are initially recorded in customer deposits, and are recognized as net revenue when the products are shipped. 

Warranty and Other Revenue

The Company also generates revenue through the sale of extended warranties to customers. The customers agree to the terms and conditions at the time of purchase, which represents the customer arrangements. The period covered by the extended warranty is usually two years. The Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in ASC 606 and, therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.

The Company generates revenue through providing repair services to customers. The Company agrees with the customer on a budget. There is a single performance obligation, which is the Company’s promise to perform the retrofit, repair work on the vehicle. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Service revenue is recognized when the repair work is completed, and the customer receives the vehicle.

Product Limited Warranty

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited warranty for work performed on the vehicle under the builds/sales contract. The customers do not have a contractual right of return. The Company only offers a limited warranty for the work performed on the vehicle under the contract. If a customer disputes any work performed, the Company will attempt to remedy the work, however, it shall not be required to discount the transaction price. The Company considered this an assurance-type warranty and not a separate performance obligation.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While the Company engages in product quality programs and processes, including quality control test driving vehicles, the warranty obligation is affected by historical warranty costs per vehicle. Should actual costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to increase or decrease the estimated warranty liability may be required.

Other Revenue Policies

Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue.

Applying the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-32-18, the Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised products to the customer will be one year or less, which is the case with substantially all customers.

Applying the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-25-18B, the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products. The Company records the related costs as part of the cost of goods good.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenues disaggregated by product category:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024		2023
Builds		8,217,647		2,651,251
Warranty and other		90,392		56,075
Total revenues, net	$	8,308,039	$	2,707,326

Deferred revenue and remaining performance obligation:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Beginning balance, January 1	$	17,596,512		$	14,166,030
Additional deposits received		4,604,780			8,212,166
Revenue Recognized during the year at a point-in-time		(8,217,647	)		(4,781,684	)
Ending balance	$	13,983,645		$	17,596,512

As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, in addition to the customer deposits noted above, the Company has $9,935,252 and $12,253,253, respectively of contract consideration allocated to performance obligations not yet completed, which are not reflected on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. The customer deposits, performance obligations not yet completed, and deferred revenue are typically recognized in revenue at a point in time within the next twelve months as the custom build vehicles are delivered and title has been transferred to customers.

Inventories

Inventories

Work in progress, work in progress – shipping and consumables, and work in progress – labor costs reported in inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct and indirect costs that are directly attributable. The measurement of inventories is generally based on the weighted average method. Finished goods inventory is comprised of vehicles for which the build is completed but title has not been legally transferred, or in some cases, the vehicle has not been delivered. The measurement of finished goods inventories is the total cost of the materials, shipping and consumables, and labor attributed to the build of each specific completed vehicle. Overhead costs are allocated to inventory based on the rate of inventory turned for the period. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, inventory was $10,914,086 and $11,799,304, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life of 5 to 15 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition is reflected in earnings.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

The Company follows a “primary asset” approach to determine the cash flow estimation period for a group of assets and liabilities that represents the unit of accounting for a long-lived asset to be held and used. Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets based upon forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Should impairment in value be indicated, the carrying value of the assets will be adjusted, based on estimates of future discounted cash flows resulting from the use and ultimate disposition of the asset. No impairments were recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023.

Advertising

Advertising and Marketing

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred. The Company charged operations $343,409 and $105,220 as advertising and marketing costs for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Income taxes

Income taxes

Prior to the Business Combination on December 12, 2023, the Company was an S corporation. As an S corporation, the Company was not directly liable for federal income taxes. As of the date of the Business Combination, the operations of the Company ceased to be taxed as an S corporation resulting in a change in tax status for federal and state income tax purposes.

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent management believes that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred income tax assets (meaning, items that may provide tax deductions in future periods) requires evidence that there will be sufficient taxable income in those future periods, or within any carryback periods available under tax law. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of income tax carryforwards, including federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), fixed assets, leases and non-deductible interest expense carryforwards. Some of these carryforwards are subject to annual usage limitations and expiration, while other state NOLs and a portion of federal NOLs do not have expirations. These carryforwards do not have expirations, but may be subject to certain limitations.

While the Company remains in a financial reporting loss position based on a cumulative pre-tax loss for the three-year period ended March 31, 2024, the determination of the valuation allowance is based on its evaluation of the periods over which future taxable items are expected to be utilized to offset tax loss and deduction carryforward items in those future periods. That is, future forecasts of our taxable income are not considered in the evaluation of realizability of its deferred tax assets. Therefore, changes in its deferred tax asset valuation allowances will primarily be affected by changes in the estimates of the time periods over which those future taxable items will occur. In assessing the realizability of the Company’s DTAs, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $863,833 on its net deferred tax assets for the period ending March 31, 2024, which represents an increase of $784,214 compared to the valuation allowance of $79,619 at December 31, 2023.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company’s reserve related to uncertain tax positions was zero as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions, including its previous status as a pass-through entity for federal and state tax purposes, and has determined that the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

Loss Per Share

Loss Per Share

The Company accounts for net loss per share in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 260-10, Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260-10”), which requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the statement of operations for all entities with complex capital structures and requires a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS. Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. It excludes the dilutive effects of any potentially issuable common shares. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by including any potentially dilutive share issuances in the denominator. For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, all potentially dilutive securities were not included in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Leases

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use asset (“ROU asset”) and short-term and long-term lease liability are included on the face of the consolidated balance sheets.

ROU asset represents the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU asset and liability are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s lease does not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date over the respective lease term in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements with terms less than 12 months, the Company has elected the short-term lease measurement and recognition exemption, and it recognizes such lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company calculates the fair value of its assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different than the carrying value of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other payables approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of lease liability also approximates fair value since the instrument bears market rates of interest. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

● Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

● Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

● Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Warrants

Warrants

The Company determines the accounting classification of warrants it issues as either liability or equity classified by first assessing whether the warrants meet liability classification in accordance with ASC 480-10, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“ASC 480”), then in accordance with ASC 815-40 (“ASC 815”), Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Under ASC 480, warrants are considered liability classified if the warrants are mandatorily redeemable, obligate the Company to settle the warrants or the underlying shares by paying cash or other assets, or warrants that must or may require settlement by issuing variable number of shares. If warrants do not meet liability classification under ASC 480, the Company assesses the requirements under ASC 815, which states that contracts that require or may require the issuer to settle the contract for cash are liabilities recorded at fair value, irrespective of the likelihood of the transaction occurring that triggers the net cash settlement feature. If the warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815, and in order to conclude equity classification, the Company also assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its Common Stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815 or other applicable GAAP. After all relevant assessments, the Company concludes whether the warrants are classified as liability or equity. Liability classified warrants require fair value accounting at issuance and subsequent to initial issuance with all changes in fair value after the issuance date recorded in the statements of operations. Equity classified warrants only require fair value accounting at issuance with no changes recognized subsequent to the issuance date.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees including grants of stock options, to be recognized as expense in the statements of operations based on their grant date fair values.

The Company periodically issues common stock and common stock options to consultants for various services.

Reclassification

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and these accompanying notes. The reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The impact on any prior period disclosures was immaterial.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Accounting for convertible or redeemable equity instruments in the Company’s own equity requires an evaluation of the hybrid security to determine if liability classification is required under ASC 480-10. Liability classification is required for freestanding financial instruments that are not debt in legal form and are: (1) subject to an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem the instrument by transferring assets (i.e. mandatorily redeemable), (2) instruments other than equity shares that embody an obligation of the issuer to repurchase its equity shares, or (3) certain types of instruments that obligate the issuer to issue a variable number of equity shares. Securities that do not meet the scoping criteria to be classified as a liability under ASC 480 are subject to redeemable equity guidance, which prescribes securities that may be subject to redemption upon an event not solely within the control of the issuer to be classified outside permanent equity (i.e., classified in temporary equity). Securities classified in temporary equity are initially measured at the proceeds received, net of issuance costs and excluding the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives (if any). Subsequent measurement of the carrying value is not required unless the instrument is probable of becoming redeemable or is currently redeemable. When the instruments are currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the then current maximum redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2022-04, “Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” which is intended to enhance the transparency surrounding the use of supplier finance programs. The guidance requires companies that use supplier finance programs to make annual disclosures about the program’s key terms, the balance sheet presentation of related amounts, the confirmed amount outstanding at the end of the period and associated roll forward information. Only the amount outstanding at the end of the period must be disclosed in interim periods. The guidance does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations. The Company adopted the guidance when it became effective on January 1, 2023, except for the roll forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not believe the impact of adopting the roll-forward requirement in this accounting standard update will be material to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 805). This ASU requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) from acquired contracts using the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 606. At the acquisition date, the acquirer applies the revenue model as if it had originated the acquired contracts. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2024 with no impact on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” which will add required disclosures of significant expenses for each reportable segment, as well as certain other disclosures to help investors understand how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates segment expenses and operating results. The new guidance requires public entities to disclose, on an annual and interim basis, significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the CODM, the amount and composition of other segment items by reportable segment, any additional measures of a segment’s profit or loss used by the CODM when assessing performance and deciding how to allocate resources, and the CODM’s title and position. Additionally, public entities will be required to provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss that are currently required annually by Topic 280. This standard is effective on a retrospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. The standard will be effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenues Disaggregated by Product Category

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenues disaggregated by product category:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024		2023
Builds		8,217,647		2,651,251
Warranty and other		90,392		56,075
Total revenues, net	$	8,308,039	$	2,707,326

Schedule of Deferred Revenue and Remaining Performance Obligation

Deferred revenue and remaining performance obligation:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Beginning balance, January 1	$	17,596,512		$	14,166,030
Additional deposits received		4,604,780			8,212,166
Revenue Recognized during the year at a point-in-time		(8,217,647	)		(4,781,684	)
Ending balance	$	13,983,645		$	17,596,512

XML

Recapitalization (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Recapitalization [Abstract]

Schedule of Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the condensed consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the year ended December 31, 2023:

Cash-trust and cash, net of redemptions	$	241,329
Less: transaction expenses paid		(241,329	)
Net proceeds from the Business Combination		—
Less: recognition of SPAC closing balance sheet		(762,710	)
Reverse recapitalization, net	$	(762,710	)

Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination

The number of shares of Common Stock issued following the consummation of the Business Combination were:

EFHAC Class A common stock, outstanding prior to the Business Combination	11,500,000
Less: Redemption of EFHAC Class A common stock	(11,477,525	)
Class A common stock of EFHAC	22,475
EFHAC public rights shares outstanding	1,437,500
EFHAC founder shares outstanding	2,875,000
EFHAC private shares outstanding	257,500
EFHAC private rights shares outstanding	32,187
EFHAC shares issued to EF Hutton (underwriter)	775,000
Business Combination shares	5,399,662
ECD Shares	26,500,000
Common Stock immediately after the Business Combination	31,899,662

Schedule of Number of ECD Shares

The number of ECD shares was determined as follows:

	ECD Shares		ECD Shares after conversion ratio
Class A Common Stock (before Defender SPV shares)		100		24,000,000

XML

Inventories (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Inventories [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventory – work in progress	$	3,633,204	$	2,842,470
Inventory – work in progress shipping and consumables		381,620		332,105
Inventory – work in progress labor		801,782		448,280
Resale inventory		1,200,620		1,110,620
Finished goods		4,896,860		7,065,829
	$	10,914,086	$	11,799,304

XML

Prepaids and Other Current Assets (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Prepaids and Other Current Assets [Abstract]

Schedule of Prepaid and Other Current Assets

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2024		2023
Prepaid expenses other assets	$	4,548	$	34,006
Prepaid insurance		342,109		-
	$	346,657	$	34,006

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2024			2023
Computer equipment	$	98,787		$	72,175
Office furniture		45,713			36,412
Manufacturing equipment		676,632			654,858
Vehicles		456,360			456,360
Building improvements		3,092			-
		1,280,584			1,219,805
Less: accumulated depreciation		(298,783	)		(251,128	)
	$	981,801		$	968,677

XML

Leases (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Quantitative Information Regarding Company’s Leases

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31
	2024			2023
Lease cost
Operating lease cost	$	150,278		$	138,567
Variable and other lease costs		8,828			6,492
Total lease cost	$	159,106		$	145,059
Other information
Cash paid for the amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases:
Operating cash flows	$	138,235		$	101,978
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases		9.23			9.88
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases		6.3	%		6.3	%

Schedule of Maturity Analysis Under the Lease Agreement

Maturity analysis under the lease agreement is as follows:

	Total
2024	$	419,467
2025		575,360
2026		535,720
2027		492,318
2028 and beyond		3,274,183
		5,297,048
Less: present value discount		(1,330,655	)
Lease liability	$	3,966,393

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

Schedule of Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Accrued convertible note interest		533,898		113,000
Accrued bonuses		-		150,000
Accrued expenses, other		510,593		137,859
Warranty reserve		108,565		89,430
Accrued payroll		177,199		196,711
	$	1,330,255	$	687,000

XML

Other Payable (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Other Payable [Abstract]

Schedule of Other Payable

Other payable consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
PPG payable (as defined below)	$	117,611	$	168,256
EFHAC income tax payable		1,115,559		1,115,559
Other		231,927		250,000
	$	1,465,098	$	1,533,815

XML

Debt (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Debt [Abstract]

Schedule of Outstanding Convertible Note

The table below summarizes the outstanding Convertible Note as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

	March 31, 2024			December 31, 2023
Principal value of Convertible Note	$	15,819,209		$	15,819,209
Debt discount, net of amortization		(4,701,749	)		(5,135,757	)
Convertible Note payable	$	11,117,460		$	10,683,452

XML

Liquidity and Capital Resources (Details) - USD ($)	May 15, 2024	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Liquidity and Capital Resources (Details) [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents		$ 5,560,321	$ 8,134,211
Working capital		1,300,000
Net of debt discount		5,135,757
Cash balance		5,600,000
Convertible Note [Member]
Liquidity and Capital Resources (Details) [Line Items]
Principal amount		15,819,209
Net of debt discount		$ 2,119,209
Subsequent Event [Member]
Liquidity and Capital Resources (Details) [Line Items]
Principal amount	$ 1,500,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 8,308,039	$ 2,707,326
Operating segment	1
Reportable segment	1
Amount of insurance coverage limit	$ 250,000
Extended warranty	2 years
Customer deposits	$ 9,935,252		$ 12,253,253
Inventory	10,914,086		11,799,304
Advertising costs	343,409	105,220
valuation allowance	863,833	$ 79,619
Increase of valulation allowance	784,214
Uncertain tax positions	0		0
Inventory [Member]
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Inventory			$ 11,799,304
Previously Reported [Member]
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Revenue	53,176
Cost of goods sold	612,967
Other expenses	$ 15,859
Minimum [Member]
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Total consideration percentage	25.00%
Estimated useful life	5 years
Maximum [Member]
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Total consideration percentage	50.00%
Estimated useful life	15 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Schedule of Revenues Disaggregated by Product Category - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Schedule of Revenues Disaggregated by Product Category [Line Items]
Total revenues, net	$ 8,308,039	$ 2,707,326
Builds [Member]
Schedule of Revenues Disaggregated by Product Category [Line Items]
Total revenues, net	8,217,647	2,651,251
Warranty [Member]
Schedule of Revenues Disaggregated by Product Category [Line Items]
Total revenues, net	$ 90,392	$ 56,075

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Schedule of Deferred Revenue and Remaining Performance Obligation - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Deferred Revenue and Remaining Performance Obligation [Abstract]
Beginning balance	$ 17,596,512	$ 14,166,030
Additional deposits received	4,604,780	8,212,166
Revenue Recognized during the year at a point-in-time	(8,217,647)	(4,781,684)
Ending balance	$ 13,983,645	$ 17,596,512

XML

Recapitalization (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Purchase of warrants	1,091,525
Cash consideration (in Dollars)	$ 2,000,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Shares issued	1
Warrants issued	11,757,500
Redemption share	11,477,525
Aggregate payment (in Dollars)	$ 119,759,997
Common Stock [Member]
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Total consideration of shares	26,500,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001
Preferred Stock [Member]
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Total consideration of shares	25,000
Purchase of warrants	15,819
Public Warrants [Member]
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Warrants issued	11,500,000
Public Warrants [Member] | Common Stock [Member]
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001
Private Placement [Member]
Recapitalization (Details) [Line Items]
Warrants issued	257,500

XML

Recapitalization (Details) - Schedule of Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Schedule of Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit [Abstract]
Cash-trust and cash, net of redemptions	$ 241,329
Less: transaction expenses paid	(241,329)
Net proceeds from the Business Combination
Less: recognition of SPAC closing balance sheet	(762,710)
Reverse recapitalization, net	$ (762,710)

XML

Recapitalization (Details) - Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination - Business Combination [Member]	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 shares
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	5,399,662
ECD Shares	26,500,000
Common Stock immediately after the Business Combination	31,899,662
Class A common stock of EFHAC [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
EFHAC Class A common stock, outstanding prior to the Business Combination	11,500,000
Less: Redemption of EFHAC Class A common stock	(11,477,525)
Business Combination shares	22,475
EFHAC public rights shares outstanding [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	1,437,500
EFHAC founder shares outstanding [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	2,875,000
EFHAC private shares outstanding [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	257,500
EFHAC private rights shares outstanding [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	32,187
EFHAC shares issued to EF Hutton (underwriter) [Member]
Schedule of Number of Shares of Common Stock Issued Immediately Following the Consummation of the Business Combination [Line Items]
Business Combination shares	775,000

XML

Recapitalization (Details) - Schedule of Number of ECD Shares - Class A Common Stock [Member]	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 shares
Class of Stock [Line Items]
ECD Shares	100
ECD Shares after conversion ratio	24,000,000

XML

Inventories (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Inventories [Abstract]
Overhead costs	$ 269,249	$ 185,150

XML

Inventories (Details) - Schedule of Inventories - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Inventories [Abstract]
Inventory – work in progress	$ 3,633,204	$ 2,842,470
Inventory – work in progress shipping and consumables	381,620	332,105
Inventory – work in progress labor	801,782	448,280
Resale inventory	1,200,620	1,110,620
Finished goods	4,896,860	7,065,829
Inventories	$ 10,914,086	$ 11,799,304

XML

Prepaids and Other Current Assets (Details) - Schedule of Prepaid and Other Current Assets - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Prepaid and Other Current Assets [Abstract]
Prepaid expenses other assets	$ 4,548	$ 34,006
Prepaid insurance	342,109
Total	$ 346,657	$ 34,006

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Property and Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 47,654	$ 27,308

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) - Schedule of Property and Equipment - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 1,280,584	$ 1,219,805
Less: accumulated depreciation	(298,783)	(251,128)
Property and equipment, net	981,801	968,677
Computer equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	98,787	72,175
Office furniture [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	45,713	36,412
Manufacturing equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	676,632	654,858
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	456,360	456,360
Building Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 3,092

XML

Leases (Details) - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Leases [Line Items]
ROU assets	$ 3,675,559	$ 3,763,294
Operating lease liabilities current	324,791	314,903
Operating lease liabilities	$ 3,641,602	$ 3,727,182

XML

Leases (Details) - Schedule of Quantitative Information Regarding Company’s Leases - USD ($)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Schedule of Quantitative Information Regarding Company's Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease cost	$ 150,278	$ 138,567
Variable and other lease costs	8,828	6,492
Total lease cost	159,106	145,059
Cash paid for the amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for operating leases:
Operating cash flows	$ 138,235	$ 101,978
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases Weighted-average remaing lease term	9 years 2 months 23 days	9 years 10 months 17 days
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases Weighted-average discount rate	6.30%	6.30%

XML

Leases (Details) - Schedule of Maturity Analysis Under the Lease Agreement	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Schedule of Maturity Analysis Under the Lease Agreement [Abstract]
2024	$ 419,467
2025	575,360
2026	535,720
2027	492,318
2028 and beyond	3,274,183
Total maturity lease	5,297,048
Less: present value discount	(1,330,655)
Lease liability	$ 3,966,393

XML

Accrued Expenses (Details) - Schedule of Accrued Expenses - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Accrued Expenses [Abstract]
Accrued convertible note interest	$ 533,898	$ 113,000
Accrued bonuses		150,000
Accrued expenses, other	510,593	137,859
Warranty reserve	108,565	89,430
Accrued payroll	177,199	196,711
Total	$ 1,330,255	$ 687,000

XML

Other Payable (Details) - Exclusive Supplier Agreement [Member] - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2023	Feb. 01, 2022
Other Payable (Details) [Line Items]
Pre-bate amount				$ 277,642
Amount payable				$ 1,506,349
Working capital			$ 277,642
Other payable	$ 117,611	$ 168,256

XML

Other Payable (Details) - Schedule of Other Payable - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Other Payable [Abstract]
PPG payable (as defined below)	$ 117,611	$ 168,256
EFHAC income tax payable	1,115,559	1,115,559
Other	231,927	250,000
Other payable	$ 1,465,098	$ 1,533,815

XML

Debt (Details) - USD ($)		3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Oct. 06, 2023	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Debt (Details) [Line Items]
Principal other amounts percentage	12.00%
Common stock, par value		$ 0.0001		$ 0.0001
Weighted average price per share		6
Issues equity per share		$ 10
Percentage of Convertible note		115.00%
Convertible note original issue discount		$ 5,135,757
Amortization expense		$ 434,008
Convertible Note [Member]
Debt (Details) [Line Items]
Loan principal amount	$ 15,819,209
Prime Interest rate plus	5.00%
Bear interest rate	8.00%
Conversion price per share	$ 10
Redemption percentage		20.00%
Convertible note original issue discount		$ 2,119,209
Debt issuance costs		3,088,883
Accrued interest		$ 533,898		$ 113,000
Common Stock [Member]
Debt (Details) [Line Items]
Common stock, par value		$ 0.0001
Percentage of Convertible note		4.99%
Percentage lender beneficial		4.99%

XML

Debt (Details) - Schedule of Outstanding Convertible Note - USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Schedule of Outstanding Convertible Note [Abstract]
Principal value of Convertible Note	$ 15,819,209	$ 15,819,209
Debt discount, net of amortization	(4,701,749)	(5,135,757)
Convertible Note payable	$ 11,117,460	$ 10,683,452

XML

Redeemable Preferred Stock (Details) - $ / shares	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Redeemable Preferred Stock [Line Items]
Preferred stock shares authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred stock pare value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	25,000	25,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	25,000	25,000
Convertible preferred stock	25,000
Percentage of conversion amount	125.00%
Conversion price (in Dollars per share)	$ 10
Percentage of ability to conversion of shares	4.99%
Percentage of stockholder beneficial	4.99%

XML

Stockholders’ Equity (Details) - USD ($)		3 Months Ended
	Oct. 11, 2023	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Common stock, shares authorized		1,000,000,000	1,000,000,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares issued		31,899,662	31,874,662
Common stock, shares outstanding		31,899,662	31,874,662
Conversion of stock description		the Investor provided the Company a Conversion Notice to convert 14,000 shares of its Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into 1,400,000 shares of common stock of Humble (“Humble Common Stock”). Following the Lender’s conversion of 14,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Lender held 25,000 shares of Humble Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Humble Common Stock.
Exercise price (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.01
Warrants outstanding		1,091,525
Number of days prior written notice of redemption		30 years
Number of trading days		20 days
Number of trading days period ending three business days		30 days
Redemption price per share (in Dollars per share)		$ 18
Warrant issued		11,757,500
Shares reserved		400,000
Shares awarded		100,000
Shares issued		1
Exceeds per share (in Dollars per share)		$ 1.9
Public Warrants [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Warrants outstanding		11,500,000
Warrants [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Purchase of common stock		1
Private Warrants [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Warrants outstanding		257,500
ECD Common Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Convertible Preferred Stock	1,100,000
Warrant issued	1,091,525
Common Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.0001
Exceeds per share (in Dollars per share)		$ 3.9
Investor [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Number of shares holding		2,500,000
Shares issued		50,000
Investor One [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Number of shares holding		5,000,000
Investor Two [[Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Number of shares holding		10,000,000
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Shares awarded		100,000
Stock Options [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Grant of stock options		15,000
Restricted Common Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Fully paid up non-forfeitable shares		100,000
Shares issued		50,000
Restricted Common Stock [Member] | Investor [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Shares issued		25,000
Restricted Common Stock [Member] | Investor One [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Shares issued		25,000
Restricted Common Stock [Member] | Investor Two [[Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Shares issued		25,000
Non-Employee Directors [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Purchase price percentage		110.00%
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Convertible Preferred Stock	39,000
ECD Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Warrant issued	15,819
Purchase price (in Dollars)	$ 300,000
IPO [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Purchase of common stock		1
Exercise price (in Dollars per share)		$ 11.5
IPO [Member] | Public Warrants [Member]
Stockholders' Equity [Line Items]
Exercise price (in Dollars per share)		$ 11.5

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) $ / mi	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Customer delivery rate per mile (in Dollars per Mile) | $ / mi	1.45
Transportation rate per mile (in Dollars per Mile) | $ / mi	1.25
Expenses	$ 24,590	$ 46,733
Outstanding payables	1,857		$ 0
British Food Stop [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Expenses	$ 28,766	$ 0

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) - USD ($)						3 Months Ended
	Jun. 24, 2024	Jun. 18, 2024	May 15, 2024	Apr. 24, 2024	Apr. 03, 2024	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Jun. 12, 2024	Jun. 11, 2024	May 09, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Purchase asset						$ 60,778	$ 12,418
Common stock par value per share (in Dollars per share)						$ 0.0001					$ 0.0001
Asset purchase	$ 1,250,000
Shares of common stock issued (in Shares)						31,899,662					31,874,662
Subsequent Event [Member]
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Shares of common stock issued (in Shares)										100,000
Principal amount			$ 1,500,000
Original Asset Purchase Agreement [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Purchase asset					$ 1,500,000
Common stock par value per share (in Dollars per share)					$ 0.0001
Purchase under agreement				$ 950,000
Additional purchase under agreement				300,000
Original Asset Purchase Agreement [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member] | Vehicles [Member]
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Purchase under agreement				100,000
A&R Asset Purchase Agreement [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Purchase asset				$ 1,250,000
Forecast [Member]
Subsequent Events [Line Items]
Shares of common stock issued (in Shares)									100,000
Accrued interest		$ 740,000
Common stock value								$ 100,000